Design Guide › Beam dynamics
Cyclotron beam dynamics design rules
323 of the guide’s 1878 rules carry the beam-dynamics tag.
Rules on orbit stability and focusing: the field index window, betatron tunes, resonance crossings, phase slip, and the first-harmonic errors that steer a beam off center.
Each rule keeps its formula where the source gives one, a verbatim quote, a page-level
citation, and a stable identifier (dg-NNNN) that resolves here and on the
all-in-one guide. Where an editorial note says
“the reference machine”, its parameters are on the
guide’s front page.
By applicability level: level 1 (23) · level 2 (134) · level 3 (128) · level 4 (33) · level 5 (5) — levels rank breadth, never license to skip (method). Related domains, by shared rules: Magnet (126), RF (52), Beam measurement (46), Modeling (45), Ion source (37). To combine tags or levels, open this domain in the filterable view.
Verify before use. Every rule here is a source extract in the vocabulary of the editorial methodology — faithful to its cited page, not an independently validated engineering requirement. Re-read any rule that drives a real design decision at the cited page before committing metal, money, or high voltage to it. The editorial note under each quote is this site’s extrapolation to a tabletop machine, not something the source said: an editor’s judgement, audited for overreach, never a citation.
-
Compute achievable proton energy as T(MeV) = 3.12e-4 x B^2(kilogauss) x R^2(inches), where R is the radius of usable UNIFORM field, not the physical pole radius.
T(MeV) = 3.12e-4 * B^2(kG) * R^2(in) for protons; 1.56e-4 for deuteronsSource quote & editorial note
Protons: T (Mev) = 3.12 x 10-4 B2R2 ... the radius R applies to the extent of the uniform magnetic field; the physical radius of pole faces must be larger by about one-half the gap length.
Livingston & Blewett, Particle Accelerators (1962) — p. 158
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: For 8-in poles at 5.9 kG with the reference machine's 1.42-in gap, the flat field ends near R = 3.2 in, predicting ~110 keV - below what the machine demonstrates, because its cup collects further out, in the fringe. Read the formula as the energy the UNIFORM field alone buys; a wider pole or smaller gap moves that number as B^2R^2.
-
Keep the field index n = -(r/B)(dB/dr) between 0 and 1 everywhere ions circulate; both axial and radial oscillations are stable only in this band.
B = B0*(r0/r)^n (constant-n form); stability requires 0 < n < 1; f_axial = sqrt(n)*f0, f_radial = sqrt(1-n)*f0Source quote & editorial note
for particle oscillations about an equilibrium orbit to be stable for both axial and radial coordinates, the value of n must be in the range 0 < n < 1.
Livingston & Blewett, Particle Accelerators (1962) — p. 161
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Map n(r) on the 8-in poles; any region where the field rises with radius (n < 0) is axially defocusing, and the longer the beam spends there the less of it survives - shim such regions out rather than reasoning about how much defocusing is tolerable.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
Shape the field to fall smoothly with radius by a total of 3 to 4 percent (small machines with relatively high dee voltage and few turns) or ~2 percent (medium 15-20 MeV machines) from center to the exit radius - the quoted historical totals.
total radial field decrease: 3-4% (small cyclotrons), ~2% (15-20 MeV), ~1% (very large)Source quote & editorial note
the total decrease below the value of the central field out to the exit slit is about 2 per cent. The radial decrease can be larger (3 to 4 per cent) in small machines in which D voltage is relatively high.
Livingston & Blewett, Particle Accelerators (1962) — p. 161
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The reference machine is the small, few-turn case the quote names, and the census machines converged on the same few-percent smooth droop (dg-702). Aim for a smooth 3-4%-class fall-off shaped against the machine's own n(r) requirement (dg-003), with the number as the historical anchor rather than the spec.
-
MIT's measured weak-focusing profile: n(r) rises roughly linearly from 0 at center to ~0.02 where fringing begins, then rapidly to ~0.4 at the exit-slit radius and 1.0 just beyond; they placed the septum just inside the maximum-energy radius.
MIT: n = 0 -> 0.02 at r = 0.8*R_pole, 0.40 at exit slit (18.75 in), 1.0 at 19.25 inSource quote & editorial note
The n value rises almost linearly from zero at the center to 0.02 at 15 in. (where fringing effects start), then increases rapidly to 0.40 at 18.75 in. (exit-slit location) and to 1.0 at 19.25 in.
Livingston & Blewett, Particle Accelerators (1962) — p. 161-183
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: One documented profile, useful as a shape target rather than a scaling law: fringe onset and width depend on gap-to-pole ratio, edge shape and shims, so map n(r) on the actual 8-in poles (FEMM, then measurement) and place extraction where the MEASURED n has climbed toward ~0.4 - before the n = 1 radial-stability edge.
-
Characterize a repurposed electromagnet from its field-versus-gap curve before designing around it: the Varian V-3900 NMR magnet gives 2.7 T at a 1.25-inch gap, which at a 7.5 cm usable extraction radius yields E = q^2*B^2*r^2/(2m) ~ 1.96 MeV protons (the thesis's figure - usable radius, not the full 8 cm pole radius, goes in the formula).
KE = q^2*B^2*r^2/(2m); 2.7 T, r=0.075 m -> 1.96 MeVSource quote & editorial note
the magnet generates 2.7 T of magnetic field with a 1.25 inch pole separation... capable of accelerating protons to a maximum kinetic energy of 1.96 MeV
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The surplus-NMR-magnet route to MeV energies: small radius is fully compensated by high B (energy ~ B^2*r^2), so a 6-inch 2.7 T machine beats a 12-inch 1 T machine.
-
Machine a slight convex taper from pole center to edge to create the radially decreasing field needed for weak (betatron) focusing; the source specifies 0.02 inch on its poles.
cited machine: pole taper 0.02 in (0.5 mm) center-to-edge, 12-in poles at 1.6 TSource quote & editorial note
implement a .02'' convex taper from the center of the pole to the edge, to create sufficient bending of the magnetic field lines.
Heuer & Baumgartner, Design of a 2 MeV Cyclotron (2009) — p. 31
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The taper's size does not transfer: the gradient it produces depends on gap, pole radius, saturation and yoke geometry. Choose a target field index n = -(r/B)dB/dr for the reference machine, get the contour from magnetostatic modeling (FEMM), and finalize by field mapping and shimming - the source's 0.02 in is one machine's value, not a starting spec.
-
Expect and accept roughly 4-5% total field droop from center to full dee radius (1.64 T -> 1.57 T at 6 in) in a weak-focusing design; verify with a magnetostatic code like Poisson Superfish.
dB ~ 0.08 T droop over 6 in radius at 1.6 T (~5%)Source quote & editorial note
at a dee radius of 6'' the field is 1.57 T, a .08 T drop off from 1.64 T directly at the center.
Heuer & Baumgartner, Design of a 2 MeV Cyclotron (2009) — p. 31
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: One machine's by-design droop as a sanity anchor: a few percent total is the common class (dg-702's census clustering). What YOUR field may droop is set by the phase-slip budget and the n(r) requirement - verify with Poisson/FEMM against those, not against 5%.
-
Take average field as high as iron saturation allows to minimize magnet size, then split it into strong hills and weak valleys for focusing: 1.4 T average from 2.3 T hills and 0.5 T valleys in a classical 4-sector, 45-degree geometry.
<B> 1.4 T = 2.3 T hill / 0.5 T valley, 4 sectors of 45 deg, PM magnetization 1.23 T, pole dia 750 mm for 10 MeVSource quote & editorial note
To minimize weight and size of magnet system the average magnetic field value has to be high, limited by iron saturation ... average magnetic field value was chosen as 1.4 T provided of 2.3 T and 0.5 T of hill and valley region fields
Antokhin et al., Magnet System for PET Cyclotron Based on Permanent Magnets (2006) — p. 1
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A worked AVF datapoint, not a scaling law: hill/valley ratio, sector count and sector angle set flutter and tunes in a geometry-dependent way, so an 8-12 inch pole set re-derives them (FEMM plus a tune calculation) rather than copying 4.6:1 and 45 degrees. What does transfer is the design order: average field as high as iron saturation allows, then focusing from the hill/valley split - iron, not coil power, is the ceiling on a PM machine.
-
Choose the hill gap from beam intensity requirements and let the valley gap follow at about 5x that: 20 mm hill gap with a 100 mm valley gap for a 10 MeV PET cyclotron.
hill gap 20 mm, valley gap 100 mm (5:1)Source quote & editorial note
As hill gap providing enough beam intensity was chosen as 20 mm and then corresponding valley gap is 100 mm.
Antokhin et al., Magnet System for PET Cyclotron Based on Permanent Magnets (2006) — p. 1
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: One worked ratio for a first AVF pole-tip sketch: hill gap from beam-aperture needs, valley several times deeper - re-derived for the actual field contrast and the RF/pumping geometry rather than copied. A deep valley is indeed where an amateur's Dee and pumping naturally live.
-
Eliminate the first harmonic of the field: an ion-source hole on one side only produced a first harmonic that grew radial oscillations to ~3 cm (risking the Qr-2Qz resonance), while the same field with the first harmonic removed gave <3 mm radial and <2 mm axial motion - the fix is a matching dummy hole on the opposite side.
radial oscillation 30 mm with 1st harmonic vs 3 mm without; axial 2 mm; remedy: symmetric second hole opposite the ion sourceSource quote & editorial note
Note that radial oscillations for this conditions and measured field is large enough as about 3 cm, that may lead to increasing axial oscillations through the nonlinear resonance Qr-2⋅Qz. The reason for increased radial oscillations is big first harmonic of magnetic field, which caused by non-symmetric structure of central part of cyclotron magnet ... radial oscillations now does not exceed 3 mm and axial ones does not exceed 2 mm ... to make symmetric central magnet part by setup second hole on opposite side with respect to ion source hole.
Antokhin et al., Magnet System for PET Cyclotron Based on Permanent Magnets (2006) — p. 2-3
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A ten-fold reduction in orbit wander at the source machine for the cost of a symmetry-restoring second hole. For the reference machine, treat any asymmetric central feature as a first-harmonic suspect - but measure the harmonic (field mapping or orbit calculation) and choose the compensating geometry from the data; a mirror feature is not guaranteed to cancel a given perturbation.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory · Beam Quality: What It Is and What Degrades It
-
The 3-D fringe field of an unchamfered dipole is longest at the pole center and shorter at the edges (roughly quadratic across the pole), so its integrated error looks like a sextupole; SPEAR3 reduced it with a chamfer whose depth profile was determined empirically and was approximately parabolic, prototyped on a removable machined insert.
fringe length ~ h at pole end, varying ~quadratically across widthSource quote & editorial note
the fringe field is longer at the center of the magnet and drops off near the edges. This distribution is approximately quadratic and the integrated multipole field looks like a sextupole field. ... a removable insert with a machined chamfer installed on the SPEAR3 prototype gradient magnet. ... The shape of the chamfer depth was determined empirically and was approximately parabolic. It was designed to reduce the integrated sextupole field.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Mostly relevant if the builder adds edge shaping for extraction: expect the field falloff at the pole rim to vary azimuthally with any non-axisymmetric pole feature, and fix it empirically with removable machined inserts.
-
Set the isochronous field correction from the measured orbital-frequency error using dB(r)/B(r) = gamma(r)^2 * df_p(r)/f_p(r); converting the required dB/B into actual shim geometry then needs a magnetic model or a calibrated shim-response measurement.
dB(r)/B(r) = gamma(r)^2 * df_p(r)/f_p(r)Source quote & editorial note
Shimming of pole edges or shims based on equation: dB(r)/B(r) = gamma(r)^2 * df_p(r)/f_p(r)
Zaremba, Magnets for Cyclotrons (2005) — p. 10
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: For protons from ~150 keV to 1 MeV, gamma is about 1.00016-1.00107. Relate the reference machine's measured phase slip to a local orbital-frequency error first, then use the formula for the required field correction, and get shim thickness from simulation or measured shim sensitivity - relativistic effects are small at these energies but not automatically subdominant to mechanical field errors.
-
Start every cyclotron magnet from the rigidity relation B*rho = sqrt(T^2 + 2*T*E0)/(300*Z) (B in tesla, rho in m, T and rest energy E0 in MeV) to fix the field-radius product before any geometry is drawn.
B*rho = sqrt(T^2 + 2*T*E0)/(300*Z)Source quote & editorial note
The maximum kinetic energy T determines magnetic rigidity: B*rho = sqrt(T^2+2T*E0)/(300*Z)
Zaremba, Magnets for Cyclotrons (2005) — p. 19
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: For 1 MeV protons B*rho = 0.145 T*m: at 1 T that is a 14.5 cm final orbit radius, which immediately sizes the next machine's pole diameter (with overhang and fringe allowances added).
-
Do first-pass cyclotron magnet numbers analytically with the lecture's formula set: average field <B> = alpha*B_hill + (1-alpha)*B_valley (alpha = pole azimuthal fraction), flutter F = alpha(1-alpha)(B_hill-B_valley)^2/<B>^2, total flux Phi = B_hill*S_poles (a hard-edge estimate that neglects the valley contribution), NI from Ampere's law, and coil cooling dT(C) = 60*P(kW)/(4.19*N(l/min)).
dT(C) = 60*P(kW)/(4.19*N(l/min)); F = alpha(1-alpha)(Bh-Bv)^2/<B>^2Source quote & editorial note
coil cooling estimation: dT(C) = 60*P(kW)/(4.19*N(l/min))
Zaremba, Magnets for Cyclotrons (2005) — p. 30-32
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The cooling formula is immediately usable: a next machine's 5 kW coil at 4 L/min runs ~18 C water rise; the flutter formulas matter only if the builder adds sector (AVF) pole faces.
-
If using sectored (AVF) poles, a hill fraction k = 0.5 gives best RF efficiency (most valley room for dees); increase toward k ~ 0.67 (60-degree hills) only to shrink machine diameter, and design to a vertical tune around nu_z ~ 0.2.
k = hill angle/period; k=0.5 best for RF, IBA chose k=0.67, nu_z ~ 0.2Source quote & editorial note
For best RF efficiency, k=0.5 BUT to decrease machine dimensions k >0.5 (more hill, thus more field) CHOICE : k=0.67 (60 deg hills)... CHOICE : nu_z = 0.2
Zaremba, Magnets for Cyclotrons (2005) — p. 32-33
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: If a next machine goes AVF to escape the weak-focusing energy ceiling, IBA's documented choices are a starting point, not proven tabletop values: k between 0.5 (best RF room) and 0.67 (compactness), and a modest vertical-tune target like their nu_z = 0.2 - each re-derived for the actual geometry, since a 60-degree hill only gives k = 0.67 in their sector periodicity, and sector count and valley usage carry their own trades.
-
Assume the fringe field extends about one half-gap h beyond the steel pole edge of a dipole (h/2 for a quadrupole of pole radius h); the pole steel therefore ends about one half-gap inside where the field effectively ends.
L_fringe ~ h (dipole), ~h/2 (quad), ~h/3 (sextupole)Source quote & editorial note
A general rule of thumb is that the length of the fringe field beyond the edge of the steel pole tip is = h, = h/2, or = h/3, for the dipole, quadrupole or sextupole
Tanabe, Iron Dominated Electromagnets: Design, Fabrication, Assembly and Measurements — SLAC-R-754 (2005) — p. 252-253
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Tells the builder where usable field really stops on an 8-inch pole: the fringe extends about one half-gap BEYOND the steel edge before dying away, while the flat, usable region ends somewhat inside the pole radius as the falloff begins. Map B(r) (FEMM, then Hall probe) to place the maximum stable orbit; the h rule sizes how much radial real estate the fringe transition consumes.
-
Plain radial-sector pole tips fared worst in the Rutgers 12-inch mapping campaign: the steepest average-field falloff with radius - unusable in their assessment - while spiral sectors compromised between usable average field and roughly triple the weak-focusing axial tune.
weak focusing: flattest <B>(r); radial sector: largest falloff (unusable); spiral sector: intermediate, ~3x weak-focus nu_z at small radiiSource quote & editorial note
the radial sector poletips have the greatest average falloff - so great that it amounts to be an unusable field. The spiral sector AVF field is a compromise between the two.
Koeth & Krutzler, Field Mapping in Cyclotron Magnets (2015) — p. 10
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Direct guidance for a next machine's pole-tip upgrade at the 8-12 inch scale, as a measured comparison among these candidates rather than a ban: radial-sector AVF machines exist, but making one work takes sector-angle and profile design these candidates did not carry. Also warns that narrow spiral vanes saturate at large radius - the measured field fell below simulation there.
-
Screen candidate pole-tip designs with two numbers from the 2-D map - average field vs radius (isochronism) and axial tune from nu_z^2 = n + F^2*N^2/(N^2-1), the straight-sector smooth approximation - and reserve full phase-space tracking for the final one or two contenders.
nu_z^2 ~= n + F^2*N^2/(N^2-1) (smooth approximation, straight sectors; spiral sectors add a (1+2tan^2 xi) factor; check the flutter definition in use before substituting)Source quote & editorial note
this analysis approach can be used to quickly assess a field during design, relegating the laborious task of phase space mapping and determining the limits of stability to the few the final contenders.
Koeth & Krutzler, Field Mapping in Cyclotron Magnets (2015) — p. 10-11
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A cheap, quantitative design filter that works from measured maps of a home-built magnet, no orbit code required.
-
For the cited fourfold AVF field: pick a reference circle of half the maximum ion radius, FFT Bz around it, and move the circle center to maximize the 4th harmonic while minimizing the 2nd, 3rd and 5th. For other sector counts, derive the analogous harmonic objective for that symmetry - do not substitute N mechanically.
reference circle radius = 0.5 x r_max (2.5 in for a 5 in max ion radius); fourfold case: maximize 4th harmonic, minimize 2nd/3rd/5thSource quote & editorial note
we choose a reference circle to have a radius half that of the maximum ion radius ... the reference circle is swept to maximize the 4th harmonic, while minimizing the second, third, and fifth.
Koeth & Krutzler, Field Mapping in Cyclotron Magnets (2015) — p. 6-7
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Applies if a next machine moves to sectored pole tips; on a 12-inch machine the whole analysis is a spreadsheet/Octave job on the map you already took.
-
Magnetic fringe fields extend beyond a gap a distance comparable to the gap width (the quote's scale length); the same Laplace-equation scaling governs electrode pairs, which is why deflector designs terminate their field with a septum rather than letting it leak into the last orbits.
fringe extent ~ gap width gSource quote & editorial note
The vertical field magnitude decreases away from the magnet over a scale length comparable to the gap width.
Humphries, Principles of Charged Particle Acceleration (1986) — p. 140, 526
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Rule of thumb for a next machine's layout: expect roughly one gap-height of field transition at the pole edge - how much of it is actually unusable depends on the field tolerance, so map it (dg-098) - and shield any deflector with a grounded septum as designed practice.
-
A dipole edge inclined at (signed) angle beta acts as a thin lens in the non-bend plane with 1/f = tan(beta)/r_g (r_g = gyroradius): a properly oriented exit edge focuses the extracted beam vertically, but the sign convention decides focus vs defocus, and fringe fields modify the effective strength.
f_vertical = r_g/tan(beta)Source quote & editorial note
fx = (gamma mo vz/qBo)/tan beta = rgo/tan beta.
Humphries, Principles of Charged Particle Acceleration (1986) — p. 141
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: If a next machine ever extracts a beam, angling the magnet exit edge can focus the diverging beam without any extra magnet - check the sign convention for the actual bend geometry and verify the full extracted-beamline optics rather than trusting the thin-lens number.
-
Shape the magnet for field index 0 < n < 1 through the beam region - the weak-focusing band the source's bending magnets were shaped to: n > 0 gives vertical focusing, n < 1 keeps radial focusing.
0 < n(r) < 1; nu_r = sqrt(1-n), nu_z = sqrt(n) (azimuthally symmetric weak-focusing model)Source quote & editorial note
The bending magnets were shaped to produce a field with index in the range 0 < n < 1.
Humphries, Principles of Charged Particle Acceleration (1986) — p. 159, 521
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The outer bound that pairs with Koeth's n<0.2 refinement: the reference machine's field must fall (n>0), but slowly, all the way to full radius.
-
Non-relativistic cyclotron energy is Tmax[MeV] = 48*(Z*R[m]*B[T])^2/A - energy scales as the square of both field and radius.
Tmax[MeV] = 48*(Z*R*B)^2/ASource quote & editorial note
Tmax = 48 (Z RB)2/A, where Tmax is given in MeV, R in meters, and B in tesla.
Humphries, Principles of Charged Particle Acceleration (1986) — p. 524
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The master sizing formula: the reference machine's 0.582 T at r ~ 0.10 m gives ~163 keV, which is its best demonstrated run; 1 MeV needs (R*B) ~ 0.144 T-m, e.g. 1.2 T at 12 cm.
-
For axial stability the field must decrease with radius (n > 0, i.e. dB/dr < 0) - achievable with a flat-pole H-magnet's natural falloff - and oscillation solutions are real only for 0 < n < 1, with tunes nu_r = sqrt(1-n), nu_z = sqrt(n).
nu_r = sqrt(1-n), nu_z = sqrt(n); require 0 < n < 1Source quote & editorial note
Have real sinusoidal solutions for 0<n<1; this condition is true in a classical cyclotron
Antaya, Cyclotron Basics — MIT 8.277, Unit 10, Lecture 14 (2010) — p. 36-37
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The reference machine's flat-pole H-frame gets its weak focusing from natural radial falloff - but a flat pole is nearly uniform over much of its radius and falls mainly near the edge, so map n(r) rather than assuming it: the design task is confirming where n is usefully positive, then controlling how fast it rises.
-
The lecture's scaling argument: final energy goes as T ~ K*Q^2/A with K = (e*B*rho)^2/(2*m0), so at fixed energy the extraction radius falls as 1/B - and, under geometric similarity, iron volume as 1/B^3 (their example: r_extraction 2.28 m at 1 T vs 0.76 m at 3 T, a 1/27 volume ratio).
K_B = (e*B*rho)^2/(2*m0); radius ~ 1/B at fixed energy; volume ~ 1/B^3 under geometric similaritySource quote & editorial note
Almost (but not quite) spherical: Efficient cyclotron magnetic circuits include more iron laterally than axially
Antaya, Cyclotron Basics — MIT 8.277, Unit 10, Lecture 14 (2010) — p. 48-50
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The B^2 energy leverage argues for raising a next machine's field before enlarging poles: doubling B quadruples energy at fixed radius. The 1/B^3 mass saving holds only while the whole magnet scales geometrically - gap included - and the iron's own saturation (dg-096) caps how far the argument runs.
-
Shape pole faces (spherical slice or edge 'lump') to produce a few-percent radial field decrease - a flat 'magnetic capacitor' gap gives n = 0 and no vertical restoring force, so some deliberate contouring is required; the source works the example of a ~3% edge fall-off on a 6-in-radius pole via a best-fit sphere of rho ~ 21.8 in (about a 32-degree slice).
for 3% edge fall-off on 6-in-radius pole: best-fit sphere rho ~ 21.8 in (slice ~32 deg); B_z = B_0*(r0/r)^n, restoring force needs 0 < n < 1Source quote & editorial note
A radially decreasing field can be described as Bz = B0(r0/r)^n for n >= 0, where n = 0 implies a uniform field and n > 0 implies a restoring force.
Chun, The Cyclotron Magnet and RF Oscillator (2003) — p. 7-9
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Exactly the reference machine's problem class and size: machine a gentle crown or stepped 'lump' into the 8-inch poles (or shim equivalently), aiming for the few-percent center-to-edge fall-off of the source's worked case - and verify the result against the mapped n(r) (dg-003, dg-561) rather than the geometric recipe, since the actual profile depends on gap and permeability.
-
Pick pole size by mission: 6-9 inch poles are the economical educational range; go to 12-15 inches if you want enough energy for neutron-yielding light-element reactions.
educational: 6-9 in poles; light-element/neutron reactions: 12-15 inSource quote & editorial note
For educational applications a six to nine-inch pole piece is an economical range; for inducing light element reactions ... a somewhat larger machine, say, 12 to 15 inches
Wouters, General Recommendations for Design of Small Cyclotrons — UCRL-476 (1949) — p. 11-12
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Frames the next machine's decision the way the source does: 8-inch-class poles sit in the educational range, and light-element reaction goals argue for the 12-15 inch class. Pole diameter is a proxy - field and species matter as much - and small does not mean neutron-incapable: deuteron operation makes neutrons at any energy via D(d,n)3He, which is a hazard question before it is a capability one (see the safety rules).
-
Machine a slight taper on the pole faces so the field decreases with radius, providing the weak-focusing (restoring) Lorentz force on the beam - design it in the field code before cutting steel.
Source quote & editorial note
Slight taper on pole applies a corrective Lorenz force to the beam. Made with freeware! Poisson Superfish
Baumgartner & Heuer, The Cyclotron Kids 14-Inch Accelerator (2010) — p. 8
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The documented amateur approach at the reference machine's scale - Cyclotron Kids here, with the pole-shaping rules (dg-119, dg-152) carrying the design math: put the field index into the pole profile deliberately, designed in the field code before cutting steel, rather than relying on accidental fringing.
-
Keep the n = 0.2 contour out of the region the beam occupies: n = 0.2 is the coupled Walkinshaw resonance (2*nu_z = nu_r), and a weak-focusing machine whose ions spend many turns near it transfers radial oscillation into vertical growth wherever a coupling perturbation - field asymmetry, misalignment - drives it; real machines usually have one.
n = -(r/B)(dB/dr) < 0.2 for r < r_max; unmodified Houghton magnet reached n = 0.2 at r = 5.9 cm vs 7.8 cm Dee radiusSource quote & editorial note
the field index value n=0.2 must not occur inside the maximum ion orbit radius to avoid coupled resonances
Morrow, Focusing in the Houghton College Cyclotron — Houghton College thesis (2015) — p. 2, 39
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: One necessary check for weak-focusing pole shaping on a 100 keV-1 MeV tabletop machine, and computable from a measured B(r) curve - necessary, not sufficient: axial focusing margin (n > 0), radial stability (n < 1), phase slip, aperture and orbit clearance all still have to be verified against the actual B(r). Where the contour cannot be pushed out to the final radius (dg-152), the design question becomes how few turns the beam spends near it, not whether the machine can work at all.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
Make Bz decrease with radius so that the field has a restoring radial component off the median plane: weak axial focusing comes from a negative dBz/dr, and Morrow's thesis describes achieving it with a linearly decreasing Bz. The criterion that matters is the field index n = -(r/B)(dB/dr) staying in its stable range (dg-145, dg-136), not linearity of B(r) as such - constant n means B proportional to r^-n, not a straight line. [Corrected 2026-08-23: earlier text told the builder to judge every shim by the linearity of B(r) and stated Br = C*z; the sign is Br ~ z*dBz/dr (negative for a falling field) and linearity is one field shape that focuses, not the acceptance test.]
Near the median plane (curl B = 0): Br ~ z * dBz/dr. Axial focusing needs dBz/dr < 0, i.e. n = -(r/B)(dB/dr) > 0; stability 0 < n < 1, with n = 0.2 the Walkinshaw resonanceSource quote & editorial note
weak magnetic focusing can be achieved by producing a magnetic field in which Bz linearly decreases.
Morrow, Focusing in the Houghton College Cyclotron — Houghton College thesis (2015) — p. 26-27
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: For a shimming attempt on the reference machine's 8-inch poles the plottable acceptance test is n(r) from the measured B(r), by finite differences, kept inside its stable range over the whole used radius - not a straight-line fit to B(r). A field profile that passes that test still has to be checked for isochronism and phase slip (dg-1328), the n = 0.2 contour (dg-136, dg-152) and radial stability; "no orbit code needed" was an overreach, though a simple n(r) plot does reject a bad shim before any tracking is run.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
Watch for adding-type trim coil configurations like the reference thesis's modelled cases, where B rises with radius out to ~5 cm: that produces a NEGATIVE field index (down to -0.1 in those models) and axial defocusing.
B increasing to r ~ 5 cm -> n < 0 (down to -0.1 in the modelled cases)Source quote & editorial note
the magnetic field actually increases in magnitude out to around r = 5 cm at which point it begins decreasing again. This is problematic because it yields a negative field index
Morrow, Focusing in the Houghton College Cyclotron — Houghton College thesis (2015) — p. 51-53
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A concrete trap when adding iron or coils near the center of an 8-inch pole: check the sign of dB/dr over the whole usable orbit range, not just at the edge - the 5 cm crossover and the -0.1 index are that geometry's numbers, not general thresholds.
-
Do not expect a bucking-coil fix to rescue weak focusing cheaply: in the reference thesis's modelled geometry, bucking coils moved the n = 0.2 radius outward by only ~0.2 cm while cutting peak field from 1.27 T to 1.07 T - a 15.7% drop the source rounds to '~20%' - and the modification was judged insufficient.
dr(n=0.2) = +0.2 cm for dB: 1.27 T -> 1.07 T (a 15.7% decrease; the source says ~20%); energy scales with (B r)^2 of the final orbit, so trading field for a marginal radius gain losesSource quote & editorial note
the difference in radius is minimal - about 0.2 cm - and comes at the steep cost of a ~20% reduction in maximum magnetic field from 1.27 T to 1.07 T. As such, this modification was considered insufficient.
Morrow, Focusing in the Houghton College Cyclotron — Houghton College thesis (2015) — p. 53-54
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Saves a next machine's builder from spending months on one class of trim-coil fix inside a small gap (they also steal gap height) - but this is one modelled geometry: evaluate any other trim-coil design from its full B(r) map and orbit dynamics.
-
Use the Poisson Superfish (free, 2-D magnet cross-section) plus SIMION 8.1 (commercial ion tracking) workflow to evaluate magnet modifications before cutting steel; the thesis includes the geometry files and the PSF-to-SIMION conversion recipe.
PSF model: pole face 150 mm, pole gap 39 mm, coil current 70 A, half-plane sliceSource quote & editorial note
Pole face: 150mm, Pole gap: 39mm, Current: 70A ;NOTE: this is a slice down the middle of the magnet
Morrow, Focusing in the Houghton College Cyclotron — Houghton College thesis (2015) — p. 60-68
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Low-cost simulation path for a hobbyist - Superfish is free, SIMION is paid but widespread, and FEMM plus the playbook's Python tracker is the all-free equivalent; the appendix geometry file is a working starting template for an 8-15 cm pole magnet.
-
Falling beam current with collector radius was observed on the reference thesis machine and attributed to beam loss before full radius; shaped ferromagnetic shims between chamber and pole faces were proposed (not demonstrated) to strengthen magnetic focusing and recover current.
Source quote & editorial note
much of the beam current is being lost by the time the beam reaches larger radii... This could be done by adding shims of ferromagnetic material between the chamber and pole faces.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Predicts the current-vs-radius profile the builder should measure. If a next machine loses beam before full radius, diagnose first - map B(r) and n(r) and identify the loss mechanism - then shim, and re-verify field and transmitted current; a shim can worsen the index if misshaped.
-
Keep the classical-cyclotron field index n = -(r/B)(dB/dr) between 0 and 1 everywhere inside the acceleration region - n<0 loses axial focusing, n>1 loses radial stability - and empirically n should rise roughly linearly from 0 toward 1 with radius, shaped by shimming.
n = -(r/B)dB/dr; 0 < n < 1, rising ~linearly with r; f_z = sqrt(n)*f0, f_r = sqrt(1-n)*f0Source quote & editorial note
the value of n for the cyclotron must be between 0 and 1; it has been determined empirically the index should increase with r roughly linearly between 0 and 1
Loucks, Initial Results from the Houghton College Cyclotron — Houghton College thesis (2007) — p. 21-23
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Source-specific weak-focusing guidance, and not a target to shim toward: 0 < n < 1 is the stability condition, but the empirical 0-to-1 ramp is Loucks' description of one machine's profile, not an instruction to drive n as high as possible. n = 0.2 is the Walkinshaw coupling resonance (dg-136, dg-152, dg-563, dg-694), and in a many-turn classical cyclotron it can constrain the usable orbit long before n approaches 1. Map B(r) with a Hall probe, compute n(r) by finite differences, and shape the profile with that contour in mind. [Note added 2026-08-22: the resonance cross-reference was missing; read in isolation the rule invited shimming toward n = 1.]
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
Power the upper and lower coils from independent supplies so a deliberate top/bottom ampere-turn imbalance can shift the beam's vertical equilibrium (accelerating) plane onto the geometric midplane of the dee.
Source quote & editorial note
The magnet's upper and lower coils are independently energized enabling an intentional axial field imbalance so as to vertically shift the accelerating plane.
Koeth, Undergraduate Education with the Rutgers 12-Inch Cyclotron (2015) — p. 2
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Cheap beam-height trim for a next machine: two supplies, or a properly rated current-trim circuit on one coil, instead of re-machining anything - verify the result with a field or beam measurement, since unequal excitation perturbs the midplane symmetry it exploits.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
Shape the weak-focusing pole taper so the field index reaches n = 0.2 only at the final ion radius: the n = 0.2 point is the nu_r = 2*nu_z coupling resonance, where dwelling ions grow axially as far as the driving perturbation and dwell time allow - the aperture is what catches them when they do.
n(r) = -(r/Bz)(dBz/dr); require n < 0.2 for all r < r_finalSource quote & editorial note
if n = 0.2 is to be avoided (vx=2vz), then the rate at which the vertical field decreases must be moderated such that n=0.2 occurs at the final ion radius.
Koeth, Undergraduate Education with the Rutgers 12-Inch Cyclotron (2015) — p. 3
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The quantitative pole-taper design rule for a next machine: map n(r) from the field profile and keep 0 < n < 0.2 out to full beam radius.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
Proof by counterexample: poletips built to intentionally drive a destructive axial resonance put n = 0.2 near r = 3.5 in, well inside the 5-in dee radius; because n = 0.2 is a difference resonance whose axial amplitude is bounded by the initial radial offset, a ~3 mm displacement of chamber center from magnet center was needed to seed the axial blow-up.
'bad' poles: n = 0.2 at r = 3.5 in (70% of dee radius); ~3 mm center offset seeded the resonant axial blow-upSource quote & editorial note
We have built a set of poletips designed to intentionally drive a destructive axial resonance; we refer to these as the 'bad' weak focusing poles tips. The n=0.2 location occurs near r=3.5 inches, well within the 5 inch DEE radius, so as to allow the ion displacement to grow. Since the n=0.2 is a difference resonance the axial peak-to-peak amplitude is bounded by the initial radial offset. A displacement of the chamber's center of about 3mm with respect to the magnet center was necessary to seed the resonant axial blow up
Koeth, Undergraduate Education with the Rutgers 12-Inch Cyclotron (2015) — p. 5
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Shows how little margin there is between good and bad tapers on an 8-12 inch machine; motivates measuring n(r), not guessing it.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
For AVF/hybrid pole designs, use the tune formulas nu_z^2 = -k + F(1+tan^2 xi) and nu_r^2 = 1 + k (k = average field index, F = flutter, xi = spiral edge angle) and keep both tunes away from integer and rational-fraction resonances.
nu_z^2 = -k + F(1+tan^2(xi)); nu_r^2 = 1+kSource quote & editorial note
The axial tune... can be summarized by: vz2 = -k + F(1+tan2xi) and the radial tune is written as: vr2 = 1+k
Koeth, Undergraduate Education with the Rutgers 12-Inch Cyclotron (2015) — p. 6
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: If a next machine gets sector pole tips (allowing a rising average field), these two lines are the first-order SCREEN - in the source's conventions: check the sign convention for k and the flutter definition before substituting (dg-156's lesson) - with resonance avoidance and then tracking completing the design.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
Compute both tunes from the same four quantities - field index n, flutter F, sector number N and spiral angle xi - using nu_z^2 = n + (N^2/(N^2-1))*F*(1+2tan^2 xi) with F = (<B^2>-<B>^2)/<B>^2 as the source defines it, and the matching radial expression.
nu_z^2 = n + (N^2/(N^2-1)) * F * (1 + 2 tan^2 xi); F = (<B^2> - <B>^2)/<B>^2 (the source's flutter - many texts call this quantity F^2; check the convention before substituting); n = -(r/B) dB/drSource quote & editorial note
F = ((<B^2> - <B>^2)/<B>^2) is called the flutter and represents the hill to valley field difference
Beeckman, Cyclotron Magnets — ECPM37 lecture, Groningen (2009) — p. 25-26
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The complete design equation set for an AVF follow-on build; every term is measurable from a 2-D Hall-probe map of the built magnet.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
Spiral the poles rather than relying on edge focusing alone when flutter is small: edge focusing from a radial sector gives one focusing and one defocusing edge per hill, whereas a spiral angle multiplies the flutter term by (1+2tan^2 xi) at both edges.
focusing enhancement factor (1 + 2 tan^2 xi); at xi = 45 deg the flutter term triplesSource quote & editorial note
N large: high maximum energy, F small and quasi circular orbits -> spiral compulsory
Beeckman, Cyclotron Magnets — ECPM37 lecture, Groningen (2009) — p. 26, 28
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Explains when the extra machining pain of spiral tips pays: when flutter is small and orbits quasi-circular - the quoted regime, where 'spiral compulsory'. Whether an 8-12 inch N = 4 design wants spiral or more hill/valley contrast is a computed comparison (the (1+2tan^2 xi) factor against achievable flutter), not a default.
-
Use N >= 3 sectors in any AVF design: the perturbative radial-tune expression breaks down at N = 2 (its resonant denominator vanishes - the pi stop-band boundary behind the quote's 'N must be larger than 2'), and each N carries an energy ceiling T = (N/2 - 1)*E0 - about 469 MeV for N = 3 and 938 MeV for N = 4 protons.
nu_r^2 = 1 - n + (N^2/(N^2-1))(3/(N^2-4)) F^2 (1+2tan^2 xi); T_max = (N/2 - 1) E0Source quote & editorial note
It implies that N must be larger than 2 (lower limit of the pi stop-band) and there is an energy limit for every N value T = (N/2 - 1)E0
Beeckman, Cyclotron Magnets — ECPM37 lecture, Groningen (2009) — p. 27-28
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Rules out 2-sector 'butterfly' pole tips that look easy to machine; N=3 or 4 is the practical amateur choice and neither limits sub-MeV protons.
-
In a hill/valley magnet the average field at large radius is <B> = k*B_hill + (1-k)*B_valley with stacking factor k = N*theta_hill/360 (the source's k = hill-angle/90 is its four-sector case); RF efficiency prefers k = 0.5, compactness pushes k up - C235 chose k = 0.67 (60-degree hills).
<B> = k*B_hill + (1-k)*B_valley; k = N*theta_hill/360 (source's /90 form = four sectors); C235: k = 0.67Source quote & editorial note
For best RF efficiency, k=0.5 BUT to decrease machine dimensions k >0.5 (more hill, thus more field) CHOICE : k=0.67 (60 deg hills)
Beeckman, Cyclotron Magnets — ECPM37 lecture, Groningen (2009) — p. 69
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The arithmetic to go from a required <B> to hill/valley fields and sector angle - first-order and reusable at any scale, with fringe and gradient effects refining it in the field code.
-
The source's design sequence: choose a target axial tune (their CHOICE: nu_z = 0.2), which then fixes the spiral angle once n, N and F are known; keeping flutter and spiral modest leaves room for a stronger field gradient.
CHOICE nu_z = 0.2; spiral angle xi then determined by nu_z^2 = n + (N^2/(N^2-1))F^2(1+2tan^2 xi)Source quote & editorial note
CHOICE : nu_z = 0.2. Flutter and spiral not too large. Field gradient can be strong. Spiral angle of pole completely determined since n, N, F and nu_z are known
Beeckman, Cyclotron Magnets — ECPM37 lecture, Groningen (2009) — p. 69
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Gives a numeric focusing target to design toward instead of 'as much focusing as possible'. On a classical weak-focusing machine at the reference machine's energies, nu_z = 0.2 means n = 0.04 - modest and achievable from pole-face falloff. The caveat belongs to AVF designs: there the isochronous average field RISES with radius (vertically defocusing on its own), and the flutter/spiral term must supply the whole tune, which is exactly why the source treats nu_z as a choice that determines the spiral angle.
-
Give the average field a gentle radial decrease for axial focusing - the 86-inch used about 1% per 13 inches of radius (0.08%/inch) out to 20 inches, roughly 1.5% integrated, with azimuthal variation shimmed below 0.2%.
dB/B ~ -1%/13 in over the main region (~1.5% integrated to 20 in); azimuthal ripple < 0.2%Source quote & editorial note
The radial decrease in field strength is at a rate of one percent in 13 inches out to a radius of 20 inches ... These shims reduce azimuthal variations to less than 0.2%.
Livingston & Boch, The Oak Ridge 86-Inch Cyclotron — ORNL-1196, OSTI 4357145 (1952) — p. 15, 35
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The fractional pattern transfers, not the inches: a smooth, monotonic few-percent center-to-edge fall-off with azimuthal ripple shimmed to the few-per-mille level is what the 86-inch exemplifies. The right numbers for an 8-inch pole come from its own n(r) stability requirement (dg-003, dg-119), not from this machine's profile.
-
Wind a small auxiliary coil on each pole (86-inch: 65 turns, up to 75 A) to steer the beam onto the magnetic median plane with a controllable field asymmetry.
86-inch control coils: 65 turns of #6 wire per pole, dc supply to 75 ASource quote & editorial note
By means of auxiliary coils wound on the pole pieces it is possible to control the position of the beam with respect to the median plane of the tank. The coils consist of 65 turns of #6 wire wound on each pole piece. A dc power supply provides up to 75 amperes
Livingston & Boch, The Oak Ridge 86-Inch Cyclotron — ORNL-1196, OSTI 4357145 (1952) — p. 35
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Cheap and direct for a next machine: an auxiliary winding on the poles gives a vertical-centering knob instead of mechanical re-shimming - size its ampere-turns from the field asymmetry the orbit calculation asks for (the 86-inch used up to ~4900 A-turns; a small machine needs proportionately less, but compute it), with a reversible supply and thermal check.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
When choosing dee voltage, remember it trades against gap size: more volts require a larger breakdown clearance and thus magnet hill gap, so 'some compromise must be reached' - ORIC's compromise landed at 100 kV (their reasoning: scan re-read queued).
V_dee up -> turns down, but gap (breakdown clearance) up -> compromiseSource quote & editorial note
Increasing the dee voltage, however, requires increasing the required voltage breakdown gap and thus the magnet hill gap, so that some compromise must be reached.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The coupled optimization transfers: pick a next machine's dee voltage and magnet gap together, since dee clearance ultimately costs ampere-turns and field.
-
Design beam extraction simultaneously with the magnet from the start, so the deflection scheme is built into the machine instead of being retrofitted against a finished field.
Source quote & editorial note
the design of the beam deflection system will be worked out simultaneously with the design of the magnet ... all the problems which arise from trying to obtain deflected beams after the machine is built would be avoided.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Directly applicable lesson for a next machine: if an extracted beam is ever wanted, reserve the azimuthal slot, field-edge profile, and feedthrough ports now, even if the deflector comes later.
-
If using an ion-source chimney, verify the first half-turn clears the chimney body: with a 0.5-in dee gap and Rs = 0.8 ohm, calculated first ions clear at ~200 W RF (50 W is far too low, 500 W comfortable).
First-turn radius from x,y solutions with E = Vpeak/gap; thresholds: 50 W too low, ~200 W first ions clear, 500 W sufficientSource quote & editorial note
an input RF power level of 50 watts is too low, and 500 watts should be sufficient. The first ions are expected to clear the chimney at approximately 200 watts.
Koeth, Rutgers 12 Inch Cyclotron Ion Source Studies: Part I (2006) — p. 5
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A geometry trap for a next machine: any chimney or source structure must be smaller than the first half-turn diameter set by the dee voltage, or beam dies before the first gap crossing.
-
Set RF frequency from the cyclotron resonance relation: for protons f(MHz) = 1.52 x B(kilogauss); tune B (not f) during operation to find resonance.
f = eB/(2*pi*m); protons f(Mc) = 1.52*B(kG); deuterons and alphas (4He2+) f = 0.76*B(kG)Source quote & editorial note
Protons: f (megacycles) = 1.52B (kilogauss) ... The actual technique used to control resonance in a cyclotron is to vary the magnetic field, with the applied frequency held constant.
Livingston & Blewett, Particle Accelerators (1962) — p. 156
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The reference machine's 0.59 T (5.9 kG) gives 8.97 MHz, confirming their ~9 MHz choice; for a next machine pick B first, then f = 1.52*B.
-
If beam peaks with the source displaced off-center, suspect unequal accelerating voltage along the dee faces (transmission-line droop, measured up to 5 percent) driving orbit-center precession; displacements over 2 in have been needed on large machines.
D-face voltage droop up to 5%; compensate by radial source offsetSource quote & editorial note
there will be a somewhat lower potential at the ends of the D faces nearest the lines ... measured in some cyclotrons to be as great as 5 per cent ... a displacement of the ion source of over 2 in. has been necessary.
Livingston & Blewett, Particle Accelerators (1962) — p. 164
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Make the source mount adjustable in both directions and tune position for beam, not for geometric center. Size the travel from RF-field and orbit modelling for the actual dee geometry - the large machines needed over 2 inches; what a tabletop machine needs is its own calculation, and generous commissioning range is cheap.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
Electric gap focusing helps only in the first few turns and only for ions crossing while the RF field is DECREASING; separately, the practical phase migration for an accelerated ion runs from zero to -pi/2 and back - one half-cycle of total excursion, the quote's limit.
phase focusing quadrant: field decreasing during transit; total phase excursion ~pi radians; internal targets tolerate up to ~3*pi/2Source quote & editorial note
the practical maximum migration in phase will be from zero to -pi/2 and back to zero, a total phase migration of pi radians or one half-cycle.
Livingston & Blewett, Particle Accelerators (1962) — p. 166-171
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: With a 3-4% field droop and 160 turns-scale acceleration, the reference machine's dee voltage sets how much phase slip they can afford: higher V = fewer turns = more field-shape tolerance.
-
Raising dee voltage is the standard lever for marginal resonance - fewer turns, more phase-slip budget - but it trades against spark breakdown and RF power, and it cannot fix a frequency mismatch or an unsuitable field profile; most machines end up accepting a slightly smaller exit radius and energy to keep intensity.
N_turns ~ T_final/(2*e*V_dee); minimum V_dee vs energy and field droop delta per Cohen (Fig. 6-25)Source quote & editorial note
Increasing the D voltage requires fewer turns for acceleration to maximum energy and will compensate for a larger phase shift. However, D voltage is usually limited by ... power and spark breakdown.
Livingston & Blewett, Particle Accelerators (1962) — p. 172
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: At ~1.3 kV and ~150 keV the reference machine's ions make ~60 turns; doubling dee voltage halves turns and dramatically relaxes both field-uniformity and vacuum (scattering) requirements.
-
Set the RF frequency slightly below the central-field cyclotron frequency but above the edge-field value - the quoted window for a declining field; the phase error then migrates one way and back across the acceleration (dg-571's phase-turnaround strategy is the professional form of the same move).
f_edge < f_rf < f_centerSource quote & editorial note
apply a radio frequency oscillating voltage to the electrode that is slightly less than the cyclotron frequency given at the center of the field, but greater than [that] near the edges.
King, A Preliminary Design for a Small Permanent Magnet Cyclotron — Houghton College thesis (2002) — p. 20
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A concrete tuning rule for the builder: do not tune RF to the central field alone - place it inside the quoted window and find the best point empirically by beam current; the phase-history reasoning is the theory behind the knob, not a substitute for turning it.
-
If RF is tuned exactly to the central frequency of a radially decreasing field, ions slip toward 90 degrees of phase quickly - on the order of a dozen turns in the source's estimate for most cyclotrons - after which they stop gaining energy; exact-center tuning therefore demands very high dee voltage.
source's estimate: ~12 turns to 90 deg slip with f_rf = f_center - context-dependent (field profile, harmonic, energy gain per turn all enter)Source quote & editorial note
It would only take a few cycles, on the order of 12, for most cyclotrons to have reached this velocity.
King, A Preliminary Design for a Small Permanent Magnet Cyclotron — Houghton College thesis (2002) — p. 20
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Explains failed runs where beam dies at small radius, and quantifies how little phase budget a mistuned machine has - for the actual machine, integrate the slip turn by turn from the measured B(r) and dee voltage rather than using 12 turns as a threshold.
-
Budget extraction realistically: the Argonne 60-inch extracted about 30% of the internal beam at the exit radius, and the quoted efficiency figure ran 10% at 120 uA of deflected deuterons, rising to 15% at 200 uA.
extraction ~30% of internal beam; beam power / RF DC input ~ 10-15%Source quote & editorial note
This value is about 10% for 120 uamp of deflected deuterons, increasing to 15% for a 200 uamp beam. About 30% of the internal beam at the exit radius is extracted.
Ramler & Parker, The Argonne 60-Inch Cyclotron — ANL-5907 (1959) — p. 19
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Sets expectations if a next machine attempts a deflector: capturing a third of the circulating beam was a mature machine's result, so plan around numbers of that order - and account for where the rest goes (septum heating, sputtering, and at higher energies activation), rather than booking the loss as free.
-
Cyclotron resonance frequency is f0 = 15.2 * B[T] * Z / A MHz - about 10 MHz per tesla region for protons (15.2 MHz at 1 T).
f0[MHz] = 15.2 * B[T] * Z/ASource quote & editorial note
fo = qBo/2pi mi = (1.52x10^7) Bo(tesla)/A
Humphries, Principles of Charged Particle Acceleration (1986) — p. 524
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: One-line check of the reference machine's operating point: 0.59 T -> ~9.0 MHz for protons; sets the next machine's RF band for any target field.
-
Relativistic phase slip caps a fixed-frequency cyclotron at Tmax = sqrt(16*q*V0*mi*c^2/pi) with optimal detuned injection - so the maximum energy grows only as the square root of dee voltage (100 kV -> ~31 MeV for deuterons; the practical cure is more volts per turn).
Tmax = sqrt(16*q*V0*mi*c^2/pi); f_rf/f_g0 = 1/(1+Tmax/2mi c^2)Source quote & editorial note
the final kinetic energy is maximized by taking Vo large... a high gap voltage accelerates particles in fewer revolutions so that there is less opportunity... to get out of synchronization.
Humphries, Principles of Charged Particle Acceleration (1986) — p. 530-531
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: At sub-MeV this limit is distant - by this formula a 10 kV dee puts the proton ceiling near 7 MeV - but the same physics governs field-flatness tolerance: fewer turns forgives more field error.
-
Low-energy protons orbit at 15.23 MHz per tesla (f = qB/2*pi*m); scale RF frequency linearly with the orbit-averaged field for a classical proton cyclotron on the fundamental harmonic.
f(MHz) = 15.23 * B(T) for protonsSource quote & editorial note
Low energy proton in 1 T field: 15.23 MHz
Antaya, Cyclotron Basics — MIT 8.277, Unit 10, Lecture 14 (2010) — p. 29
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The single most-used number in the reference machine's notebook: 0.59 T -> 9.0 MHz; a 1.2 T higher-field successor -> 18.3 MHz, still comfortable amateur-radio-technique territory.
-
Estimate turn number as N = T_final/(n_gaps*V0*sin(phi)) and turn spacing as dr/dN ~ r*(T1/T); low energy gain per turn means thousands of turns and micron-scale outer-orbit separation, which is what makes extraction hard.
N = T/(n*V0*sin(phi)); dr/dN ~ r*dT_turn/(2T) nonrelativistically (exactly r*(T+mc^2)/(T*(T+2mc^2))*dT_turn); source's example: 250 MeV at 17 keV/turn -> N ~ 15,000, spacing ~ 20 umSource quote & editorial note
250 MeV protons; 17 KeV/turn: N~15,000... 250 MeV protons r=0.3m: dr/dN ~ 20 microns!
Antaya, Cyclotron Basics — MIT 8.277, Unit 10, Lecture 14 (2010) — p. 43
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: For the builder: 1 MeV at 2 kV per gap (2 gaps) is ~250 turns with final-orbit spacing ~0.25 mm at r = 12 cm - which is why higher dee voltage directly eases both extraction and vacuum requirements.
-
The classical fixed-frequency cyclotron is limited to under ~25 MeV protons because phase slip accumulates at ~360*(gamma-1) degrees per turn; at 21 MeV that is ~8 deg/turn, losing a peak-phase ion in 11 revolutions unless energy gain per turn is enormous (360 kV for the LBL 60-inch).
dphi/dn = 360*(gamma-1) deg/turn; classical limit E < ~25 MeVSource quote & editorial note
dphi/dn=360 [gamma-1] -> 8 deg. An ion on peak phase is lost in 11 revolutions. Only solution- very high energy gain per turn - 360kV
Antaya, Cyclotron Basics — MIT 8.277, Unit 10, Lecture 14 (2010) — p. 51
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: At 1 MeV the instantaneous slip is only ~0.4 deg/turn, but slip accumulates over every turn, so what that buys depends on volts per turn: a machine gaining a few kV per turn spends thousands of turns getting to 1 MeV and can run out of phase well below the textbook ceiling. The design check is the summed slip across all turns against the +/-90 deg window, not the per-turn number.
-
Use single-dee construction (the grounded tank is the other 'dee') to simplify tank and oscillator; add a symmetric grounded dummy-dee edge for better ion focusing only after the machine works.
Source quote & editorial note
the 'single-dee' construction; this has many advantages ... Better ion focussing can be obtained by installing a 'dummy' grounded dee edge symmetric to the insulated dee, but this is a refinement
Wouters, General Recommendations for Design of Small Cyclotrons — UCRL-476 (1949) — p. 8
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Exactly the reference machine's architecture. The dummy-dee edge is the source's named refinement for better ion focusing - a natural next-machine upgrade once the basic machine works, which is the sequencing the source itself implies ('but this is a refinement').
-
Low dee voltage caps the usable field and energy through orbit count: at 800 Vpp, no beam peaks appeared for fields above ~0.5 T, where reaching full radius takes more than the ~44 orbits that worked - consistent with turn-count-limited survival at their pressures (the quote reports the disappearance; the survival reading is the team's interpretation).
N_orbits = T_final/(e*Vpp); 35 keV / 800 eV ~ 44 orbits was the practical survival limitSource quote & editorial note
No peaks for magnetic fields larger than H2+ at 0.5 T -> 35 keV; 44 orbits at 800 Vpp
Yuly et al., Modifications on the Houghton College Cyclotron (2010) — p. 21
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Quantifies why the reference machine's dee-voltage upgrade matters: at 1.3 kV their protons need ~hundreds of turns to reach interesting energies, and ~44 turns was already the survival ceiling at Houghton's pressures.
-
Trade focusing against phase slip explicitly: you may drop Bz at large radius for extra focusing only if the ions have few turns left there, so raise the Dee voltage to cut the number of revolutions - fewer turns also means shorter path length and fewer gas collisions.
Source quote & editorial note
The axial component of the magnetic field can be decreased at larger radii in order to increase the radial (focusing) component, provided the ions only have a few revolutions left once they reach this portion of the field.
Morrow, Focusing in the Houghton College Cyclotron — Houghton College thesis (2015) — p. 27-28
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: One candidate for the reference machine's next big win: at ~150 keV on a low Dee voltage the turn count is large, and cutting it relaxes both the phase budget and gas-scattering exposure. Whether Dee voltage or field shaping pays more on a given machine is a diagnosis - measure what actually limits the beam first; the quote's own condition is narrower: late-radius focusing tricks need few turns remaining.
-
Raise dee voltage to raise beam current: fewer turns to a given radius means less path length and fewer gas collisions, and measured current increased with dee voltage at fixed field and pressure.
N_turns ~ E_final/(2*q*V_dee); higher V_dee -> shorter path -> higher transmitted currentSource quote & editorial note
It can be seen that in general, an increase in dee voltage results in a higher beam current.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: For a fill-gas machine, dee volts are a strong current knob - the measured trend here: fewer turns, less path, fewer collisions. Whether they are THE binding knob depends on what limits the machine that day: source output, pressure, phase acceptance and detuning all compete (dg-359, dg-525). Measure before spending.
-
Higher dee voltage raises the fixed-frequency energy ceiling by reducing the number of turns (and thus accumulated relativistic phase slip); the particle survives while phase slip < pi/2, giving a maximum around 15 MeV for protons at 50 kV peak-to-peak.
accept while phase shift < pi/2; ~15 MeV max for protons at 50 kVppSource quote & editorial note
higher potential on the dees results in fewer orbits and a shorter time of acceleration, allowing for a higher maximum kinetic energy... gives a maximum of 15 MeV for protons with 50 kV peak-to-peak
Loucks, Initial Results from the Houghton College Cyclotron — Houghton College thesis (2007) — p. 24-26
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: At the reference machine's ~150 keV the relativistic shift is small (gamma-1 ~ 0.02%), but phase slip accumulates over the whole turn count, so low volts-per-turn can still spend the +/-90 deg budget well below the textbook ceiling (dg-273's summed-slip check). This rule sets the fixed-frequency ceiling for any future MeV-class ambition.
-
There is a calculable minimum (threshold) dee voltage to reach a given energy in a given field profile; design the RF system to exceed it with margin rather than discovering it empirically.
V_dee,min = f(E_final, B(r) profile); see ORNL-1196 Fig. 4 / Y-757Source quote & editorial note
It is possible to calculate the various effects quantitatively and to predict the minimum dee voltage required to obtain a given energy in a particular cyclotron.
Livingston & Boch, The Oak Ridge 86-Inch Cyclotron — ORNL-1196, OSTI 4357145 (1952) — p. 17-19
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Directly applicable design step for a next machine: compute threshold voltage for the target energy and field taper before freezing the RF chain power budget.
-
Expect gross RF-to-beam efficiency in the few-percent range: the 86-inch measured 2.6-12.5% gross (beam kW over oscillator DC input) and 30-44% counting all accelerated ions, with efficiency rising with dee-to-dee potential and beam power - the quoted trend. [2026-09-06 erratum, scan re-read: the gross span previously read 2.6-9.3%; Table I's beam-power test measured 12.5% (41.7 kW calorimetered on 333 kW input), and 9.31% is only Table II's maximum. Net figures 30.2/41.8/44.2% confirmed.]
gross eff = beam kW / oscillator DC input kW; 86-inch: 2.6-12.5% gross (Table I) and 5.86-9.31% (Table II), rising with V_dee and beam power; net 30.2-44.2%Source quote & editorial note
As measured, efficiency tends to increase with dee-to-dee potential and with beam power.
Livingston & Boch, The Oak Ridge 86-Inch Cyclotron — ORNL-1196, OSTI 4357145 (1952) — p. 24-26
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The order of magnitude transfers as expectation-setting: most RF power goes to resonator and ion-loading losses, so size a next machine's RF from resonator dissipation (dg-313), not from beam power.
-
MAXIMUM energy gain per dee crossing is q*2*V0*sin(N*theta/2) for dee angular width theta at harmonic N - the particle's phase only reduces it - so half-dees and cut-away lips tax energy gain, and the tax grows with harmonic number.
dE_max per crossing = q*2*V0*sin(N*theta/2); actual gain carries the particle phase on topSource quote & editorial note
the maximum voltage gain/dee is Vd = 2*V0 sin(theta/2); for particles rotating on subharmonics of the dee frequency the angular width of the dee is n*theta to the particle
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Directly applicable when trimming a next machine's dee for probe or source clearance: keep the dee close to 180 degrees or compute the sin(N*theta/2) penalty for the harmonic in use. Fundamental-mode trims are gentle - 15 degrees off costs about 1% at N = 1 - but the same trim costs more at higher harmonics.
-
MIT's measured beam envelope: width limited by the dees' internal aperture out to about one-third of final radius, then narrowing nearly linearly to the exit slit - their amplitudes damping from 0.8 in initially to ~0.1 in at the slit.
adiabatic damping (n^(-1/4)-class) is the standard interpretation; MIT's measured center-to-exit damping factor ~0.12Source quote & editorial note
the beam width was found to be limited by the internal aperture of the D's out to about one-third of the final radius and then to narrow in a nearly linear fashion out to the exit slit.
Livingston & Blewett, Particle Accelerators (1962) — p. 163-167
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Give the first third of radius generous vertical aperture - that is where the envelope filled the dee aperture on MIT's machine - and let the outer region run tighter, which also helps RF economy. Confirm on the actual machine (witness strips, dg-695) rather than assuming the same profile.
-
There is no magnetic vertical focusing at the machine center (n=0 by symmetry); the first turns survive because the dee-gap electric field acts as an electrostatic immersion lens - so central-region electrode geometry and RF phase matter most in the first few turns.
n(r) ~ r^2 near center -> no magnetic focusing at r=0; gap E-field provides focusing, modified by transit timeSource quote & editorial note
There is no vertical magnetic focusing at the center of the magnet. By a fortunate coincidence, electrostatic focusing by the accelerating fields is effective for low-energy ions.
Humphries, Principles of Charged Particle Acceleration (1986) — p. 524, 526
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Explains why source-to-dee geometry (chimney position, puller gap, aperture height) dominates beam capture on small machines: at the center magnetic vertical focusing vanishes and only builds as n grows off zero with radius, so the electric gap lens is what the first turn or two get. Central-region electrode design is where capture is won on the documented machines.
-
Electric-field defocusing near the center loses roughly 90% of starting ions to the dee surfaces; reduce the loss by raising dee voltage so ions make fewer turns and accumulate less phase shift.
higher V_dee -> fewer turns -> smaller phase slip and center lossSource quote & editorial note
some 90% of the initial supply of ions are lost to the dee surfaces. The loss may be reduced by increasing the dee voltage, thus reducing the number of turns an ion makes
Livingston & Boch, The Oak Ridge 86-Inch Cyclotron — ORNL-1196, OSTI 4357145 (1952) — p. 18
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Directly applicable: at 1.3 kV the reference machine's protons make many turns, and the quoted machine cut its central losses with more dee volts. A strong transmission lever - alongside central-region geometry (dg-348), which shapes what the first turns even see; measure which binds before spending (dg-303).
-
Space-charge-limited extraction current density follows Child-Langmuir in practical units: j[mA/cm^2] = 1.72*sqrt(q*/u)*U[kV]^1.5/d[cm]^2 -- for protons at 10 kV across a 5-mm (0.5 cm) gap that is ~220 mA/cm^2, far above a hobby cyclotron's needs. [Correction, Aug 2026: the source prints the denominator as d[mm], but the 1.72 coefficient requires d in centimeters; the originally extracted example (~2.2 mA/cm^2) was low by 100x. Verified against the SI form of Child-Langmuir. The verbatim quote below preserves the source's own text.]
j[mA/cm^2] = 1.72*sqrt(q*/u)*(phi[kV])^(3/2)/(d[cm])^2Source quote & editorial note
In more practical units, this equation can be rewritten: j[mA/cm2] = 1.72 * sqrt(q*/u) * phi[kV]^(3/2) / d[mm]^2.
Wolf (ed.), Handbook of Ion Sources (1995) — p. 376-377
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Confirms the reference machine's nA beams are nowhere near space-charge limits; if extraction is weak the problem is geometry/plasma matching, not the Child-Langmuir ceiling.
-
Design round-aperture extraction around an aspect ratio (aperture radius : gap) of S ~ 0.5; the source's Eq. 11 - built on its Refs. 11 and 12 - then estimates the per-aperture current limit I[mA] = 0.703*sqrt(q*/u)*U[kV]^1.5, and the plasma density must be matched to the field or the beam over/under-focuses.
S = r/d ~ 0.5; source Eq. 11: I[mA] = 0.703*sqrt(q*/u)*U[kV]^(3/2) - carries the cited references' corrections, not bare Child-Langmuir (ideal round-aperture CL at S=0.5 gives a coefficient near 1.35); divergence w0 = 0.5*(r/d)*(1 - 1.67*Pi_normalized), round aperturesSource quote & editorial note
For the cylindrically symmetric case the maximum current can be estimated from References 11 and 12 and the assumption of a certain aspect ratio (aperture radius to electrode separation). A good aspect ratio is on the order of S = 0.5.
Wolf (ed.), Handbook of Ion Sources (1995) — p. 379
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: For the puller gap in a next machine, carry over the shape of the rule - aperture dimension about half the extraction gap, beam parallelism tuned by matching plasma density - but the cited numbers are for round apertures: model the actual chimney slit electrostatically or by simulation rather than substituting the slit half-width, and expect to adjust both arc density and geometry.
-
For DC post-acceleration on the source's test stand: a suppressor electrode 2.5 cm downstream of the cathode faceplate and a target 7.6 cm beyond it, both biased negative with respect to the grounded source cathode; a continuous 1 mA positive hydrogen-ion beam was focused onto the target at 0.4 mTorr and 10.5 W, with acceleration voltages up to -30 kV investigated.
suppressor at 2.5 cm, target +7.6 cm, both negative w.r.t. grounded cathode; 1 mA positive hydrogen ions at 0.4 mTorr, 10.5 W; up to -30 kV investigatedSource quote & editorial note
The electrode closest to the source was the suppressor and was located 2.5 cm from the cathode faceplate. A target electrode was placed 7.6 cm from the suppressor. During high-voltage operation, the suppressor and target were biased negative with respect to the ion source cathode (i.e., ground). ... at a pressure of 0.4 mTorr and 10.5 W PIG source power, a continuous 1 mA positive hydrogen ion beam has been focused onto the target and accelerator voltages up to -30 kV have been investigated.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Template for a bench extraction test stand to characterize the next machine's source before it goes into the magnet.
-
In Forringer's tested source, doubling the chimney slit from 0.25 mm to 0.51 mm (both 5.0 mm tall, 10 degree chamfer) raised beam current ~4.4x (52 to 230 uA at 50 mA arc) while radial emittance grew only ~1.7x (27 to 47 mm-mrad) - the larger slit gives more current at larger emittance.
0.010 in slit: 52 uA, 27 mm-mrad radial; 0.020 in slit: 230 uA, 47 mm-mrad (50 mA arc, 3.0 sccm, ~40 kV puller)Source quote & editorial note
The chimney with the larger slit produces a beam with a larger emittance. However, the beam is also of higher intensity.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Suggests slit width is a powerful knob worth sweeping on a next machine: expect more current and more emittance from a wider slit, and stop widening when the machine acceptance is filled - but the 4.4x/1.7x ratios are that source's numbers; do your own aperture sweep and acceptance analysis before extrapolating.
-
In the tested chimneys, prefer the slit over the hole for beam quality: the slit gave a flat plasma boundary and converging beam, while the hole (1.19 mm, 60-degree chamfer) gave a concave boundary, a diverging beam, ~50% larger normalized radial emittance, and half the luminosity at equal arc current.
hole chimney: 0.66 mm-mrad normalized radial vs 0.44 for slit; normalized luminosity 129 vs 264 A/(mm^2-sr) at 50 mA arcSource quote & editorial note
an approximately flat plasma boundary provides the best match to the experimental beams emerging from the 'slit' style chimneys... while a concave plasma boundary... for the 'hole' style chimney ... The size of the hole in the chimney is 0.047 (1.19 mm) with a sixty degree chamfer. At 50 mA of arc current, the normalized luminosity of the beam which made it to the wire probe was 129 A/(mm2-sr), about half of that for the slit chimney with the same arc current (264 A/(mm2-sr)).
Forringer, Phase Space Characterization of an Internal Ion Source for Cyclotrons — MSU dissertation (2004) — p. 73-76, 91-107
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Decides a next machine's chimney aperture style within the tested regime: cut a tall narrow slit rather than drilling a hole if beam brightness and predictable optics matter - and re-verify on the actual source, since the ranking comes from these apertures and operating points.
-
Raising PIG arc current raised beam current sub-linearly in the cited scan: for the 0.25 mm slit, 50 to 450 mA of arc gave 52 to 227 uA of beam while beam/arc efficiency fell from 1.0e-3 to 0.5e-3; measured emittance stayed flat over the scan and luminosity climbed 1.7 to 7.1 A/(cm2-sr).
I_beam/I_arc drops 1.0e-3 -> 0.5e-3 over 50-450 mA arc; luminosity 1.7 -> 7.1 A/cm2-sr; emittance ~constantSource quote & editorial note
the general trend of increasing arc current producing increased beam current as expected... there was no noticeable change in the emittance of the beam for different currents
Forringer, Phase Space Characterization of an Internal Ion Source for Cyclotrons — MSU dissertation (2004) — p. 77-78, 81
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Cranking arc power buys current with diminishing returns, and in this scan it did not spoil measured emittance. Do not read that as space charge being negligible in general: generalized perveance rises steeply at low velocity, so keep space charge in extraction and first-turn models until a sensitivity check shows it is negligible at your energy and current.
-
Forringer's orbit simulations reproduced measured emittance for both slit and hole chimneys by starting ions on the plasma boundary with an effective plasma temperature of ~35,000 K (central starting energy ~4.5 eV, i.e. 3kT/2).
T_plasma ~ 35,000 K fitted; E_start ~ 4.5 eV = 3kT/2 at that temperature; flat boundary (slit) / concave boundary (hole)Source quote & editorial note
the plasma temperature that provides the best match for experimental beams is approximately 35,000 K (resulting in a central starting energy of 4.5 eV).
Forringer, Phase Space Characterization of an Internal Ion Source for Cyclotrons — MSU dissertation (2004) — p. 91-107
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A starting calibration for any first-turn simulation of a next machine's central region: begin near 35,000 K / 4.5 eV, then sweep the initial temperature and meniscus shape and validate against measured emittance or beam profiles - the value is a fitted effective parameter, not a universal plasma property.
-
Set the vacuum requirement so the beam's mean free path is at least an order of magnitude longer than the total spiral flight distance; compute the flight distance as the sum of the spiral's per-turn circumferences (for r proportional to sqrt(E), about two-thirds of turn count times the final circumference). [Corrected 2026-08-23: an earlier version repeated the source's conclusion that ~2e-3 torr is adequate for a fast machine. That figure follows from the thesis reading a 5 km mean free path off its own plot at 2e-3 torr, which implies a cross-section near 3e-20 cm2 - four orders of magnitude below the measured proton electron-capture cross-section in hydrogen (8.7e-16 cm2 at 10 keV, ORNL-6086 p. A-28). With the measured value the capture mean free path at 2e-3 torr is about 0.2 m, shorter than one turn. The criterion stands; the number does not, and the thesis machine reported no beam. Compute the mean free path with the capture cross-section, never the gas-kinetic one; see /learn/vacuum/.]
MFP >= 10 * flight path; lambda = kT/(P*sigma) with sigma the charge-exchange cross-section [the source's '2e-3 torr -> ~5 km' uses a sigma four orders too small; see correction]Source quote & editorial note
An acceptable vacuum would allow for a mean free path an order of magnitude larger than the expected flight distance. For protons accelerated by a 2.7 T magnetic field and a voltage difference of 1000 V between the electrodes, the expected flight distance is approximately 300 meters.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The quantitative vacuum spec for a next machine: turns = final energy / energy-per-turn, and total path is turns times the average orbit circumference (about two-thirds of the final one for r proportional to sqrt(E)); halving dee voltage doubles the path and tightens the pressure requirement proportionally. Evaluate lambda with sigma(E) from ORNL-6086 along the orbit (the vacuum calculator's orbit mode does this); a 150 keV, 1 kV-per-dee proton machine needs ~1e-5 torr for 10% loss, not 1e-3.
Cited in: Beam Quality: What It Is and What Degrades It · The Vacuum Budget of a Cyclotron
-
Size the deflector with septum radius increment dR ~ 0.15R - MIT's typical figure, with the formula showing voltage cost growing with dR - and taper the channel gap, the quoted 1/8 in at entry opening to 1/2 in or greater at exit, to accommodate divergence.
V_d ~ (2T/e)*d*(1/R - 1/(R+dR)); MIT 16 MeV, d=0.3 in: dR=0.1R -> 47 kV, dR=0.2R -> 87 kV; typical dR=0.15RSource quote & editorial note
A typical figure, used in the MIT cyclotron, is a dR of 0.15R. The deflector gap is usually tapered ... Spacings as small as 1/8 in. can be used at the entry slit, opening to 1/2 in. or greater at the exit.
Livingston & Blewett, Particle Accelerators (1962) — p. 180-181
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Scaled to ~150 keV the same normalized geometry needs only ~500-900 V on the deflector - an easy supply. Entry-slit width is set against the local turn separation and beam width together (dg-495), not by a fixed prescription.
-
p-B11 disintegration alphas were observed from ~60-70 kV proton energy in the 1933 experiment - an observed onset under their target and detector arrangement, not a reaction threshold - with yield rising steeply toward 200 kV and a maximum alpha range of 4.7 cm in air; thick-target Li appeared from ~30 kV for comparison.
B threshold(observed) ~60-70 kV at ~50 uA and 0.7 sr; max alpha range 4.7 +/- 0.15 cm airSource quote & editorial note
It is seen that particles are detected at about 70 kv. and the numbers increase more rapidly with increase of bombarding energy than with the lithium film.
Oliphant & Rutherford, Experiments on the Transmutation of Elements by Protons (1933) — p. 266-270
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Proof that p-B11 alphas are observable far below the 675 keV resonance: the 1933 apparatus saw them at 60-70 kV using tens of microamps and large solid angle, so a lower-current machine compensates with integration time and geometry. Their alphas stopped in under 5 cm of air, hence the vacuum path to a PIPS detector.
Cited in: Experiments by Energy Band
-
Check that beam probes/collectors are thinner than the local turn spacing: at 10 kV Vp-p and 1.0 T the turn spacing near r = 4 in is only 0.04 in, so a 0.06-in-thick RF shield on the collector tip masks real beam.
dr = V_gain/(2E_total) * r; Rutgers: dr = 0.04 in at r = 4 in for 10 kVp-p, 1.0 TSource quote & editorial note
the ion revolution turn spacing near r = 4 inches, in a B-field of 1.0T will be just 0.04 inches, which is smaller than the 0.06 inch RF shield of the tip
Koeth, Rutgers 12 Inch Cyclotron Ion Source Studies: Part I (2006) — p. 1
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: At the reference machine's ~1.3 kV the turn spacing is smaller still, so geometry matters doubly: a thick tip costs single-turn radial resolution first, and a shield mounted AHEAD of the collector can shadow it into reading zero while beam exists - the quoted case. A bare, grooved copper collector is the safe default until turn-resolved measurements are wanted.
-
Entry-slit width is set by the turn separation dr = (r/2)*(dT_turn/T) - energy gain per turn over total energy, halved (nonrelativistic); make the septum and deflector radially adjustable because calculated positions are only approximate. [2026-08-28: 'nonrelativistic' scoping adopted from the upstream erratum of 2026-08-26 - the turn-separation form drops the relativistic factor.]
dr/r per turn = (1/2)*dT_turn/T (nonrelativistic); MIT: dr ~ 0.1 in at extractionSource quote & editorial note
The limit at the entry is set by the dr between successive turns at this radius ... it is desirable to have adjustable controls on deflector spacing and location which can be trimmed empirically.
Livingston & Blewett, Particle Accelerators (1962) — p. 181-183
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: With ~2.6 keV total gain per turn at ~150 keV, the reference machine's turn spacing at extraction is ~0.9% of r - about 0.7 mm at r = 3.2 in - so build the septum mount with millimetre-scale radial adjustment.
-
Expect extraction well below circulating current: MIT obtained up to ~25% of the resonant beam under optimum conditions (150 uA of ~600 uA circulating), with practical operation at 80-100 uA.
extraction efficiency <= ~25% (MIT: 150 uA extracted of ~600 uA circulating; routine 80-100 uA)Source quote & editorial note
Emergent beam intensities up to 25 per cent of the resonant beam intensity have been obtained under optimum conditions ... practical operating intensities would in this case be limited to 80 or 100 ua.
Livingston & Blewett, Particle Accelerators (1962) — p. 182
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Judge a next machine first on internal-probe current at full radius: documented machines commonly ran internal currents several times their extracted beam (MIT's optimum was 4:1), so a gap of that order is precedented rather than failure. The rung-by-rung extraction picture is dg-595's; the census cross-checks are dg-260's.
-
Protect the septum from beam power with an open construction: MIT's septum is two 0.020-in tungsten strips, edges 1/8 in apart, each silver-soldered to a curved copper bar with cooling tubing soldered on - a geometry that lets most of the resonant beam pass into the deflector channel without striking metal; others distribute the heat with a long V-slot tungsten septum.
septum: 0.020-in W strips, edges 1/8 in apart, on a cooled copper bar (MIT); alternative: long V slot spreading heatSource quote & editorial note
allows most of the resonant beam to pass into the deflector channel without striking the channel walls. In the MIT cyclotron the septum is formed of two strips of tungsten, 0.020 in. thick and 12 in. long and with the edges spaced 1/8 in. apart. Each strip is silver-soldered to a copper bar bent to the correct curvature, with copper tubing also soldered to the bar for cooling. Other designers use a long V slot in a tungsten-strip septum, so the heat is distributed over an extended surface
Livingston & Blewett, Particle Accelerators (1962) — p. 184
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: At the reference machine's beam power the thermal load is small but not zero - intercepted power is loss current times energy per charge (1 uA of 500 keV beam is 0.5 W into a very small spot) - so compute it, and keep the slotted geometry: it maximizes transmitted current into the channel either way.
-
Relativistic detuning budget: a 10 MeV proton is only ~1% heavier, but that 1% frequency shift accumulated over hundreds of turns is what caps fixed-frequency cyclotrons near 20 MeV - a small per-turn effect below ~1 MeV, though it still accumulates with turn count.
dm/m ~ T/(938 MeV); cyclotron limit ~20 MeVSource quote & editorial note
once the particle has been accelerated to 10 MeV the mass has been changed by about 1%, which has a frequency shift of 1%.
King, A Preliminary Design for a Small Permanent Magnet Cyclotron — Houghton College thesis (2002) — p. 12, 21
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: At the reference machine's 100 keV-1 MeV scale the instantaneous shift is ~0.01-0.1%. Whether it can be ignored is a turn-count question: with hundreds of volts to kilovolts per turn a sub-MeV machine has phase budget to spare, but the check is the accumulated slip against the +/-90 deg window (dg-273), not the per-turn number.
-
Turn-to-turn orbit separation is dR = (R/2)*(2*q*V0*sin(phi_s)/T) - it shrinks as energy grows (100 kV dee, R=1 m, 20 MeV gives only 4.4 mm), which is what makes septum extraction hard late and easy never.
dR = (R/2)*(2*q*V0*sin(phi_s)/T)Source quote & editorial note
The separation for non-relativistic ions is dR = (R/2) (2qVo sin phi_s/T)... Eq. (15.3) implies that dR = 0.44 cm.
Humphries, Principles of Charged Particle Acceleration (1986) — p. 527
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Lets the builder compute whether a probe or future septum can distinguish final turns: at ~150 keV, r ~ 9.6 cm and the reference machine's 2.6 keV total gain per turn, dR = (r/2)*(2.6/150) ~ 0.8 mm - tight for a probe, and doubling volts-per-turn doubles it.
-
Design the p-B11 experiment around the 675 keV resonance: the fitted alpha yield coefficient A0 rises from 0.91 mb/sr at Ep=0.15 MeV to 218 mb/sr at 0.65 MeV - a factor of ~240 - so every keV of proton energy toward 650-675 keV multiplies count rate.
A0(0.15 MeV)=0.91 mb/sr; A0(0.30)=20.8; A0(0.49)=114; A0(0.65)=218 mb/srSource quote & editorial note
0.15 0.91 +/- 0.015... 0.65 218.42 +/- 0.55
Spraker et al., The 11B(p,α)8Be → α+α and the 11B(α,α)11B Reactions at Energies Below 5.4 MeV (2012) — p. 360
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The master rate table for the reference machine's PIPS window (150-675 keV) - as fitted A0 coefficients: a count-rate prediction folds in the angular terms, solid angle, target thickness and integration time (the experiments-by-energy arithmetic). What the table quantifies exactly is what reaching the resonance is worth: ~240x in A0 from 150 to 650 keV.
Cited in: Experiments by Energy Band
-
Size an electrostatic deflector from Vd/d = (2T/e) * dR/(R(R+dR)): peeling a 0.472 MeV proton beam from R = 4 in to 4.5 in with a 0.291-in channel requires ~32.5 kV on the electrode.
Vd/d = (2T/e)*dR/(R*(R+dR)); the slide states Vd = 32.531 kV for B = 0.976 T, T = 0.472 MeV, d = 0.291 in - which this formula with these inputs does not reproduce (~7.6 kV). [2026-09-06 page-image re-read: the printed 32.531 kV and its inputs are exactly as transcribed - the discrepancy is the source's own, not OCR.] Use the formula with your own geometry and verify on the benchSource quote & editorial note
Our parameters: B=.976 T ... T=.472 MeV ... d=.291 inches ... Combining yields: Vd/d = (2T/R)(dR/(R+dR)) ... Vd = 32.531 kV
Ponter, Beam Energy Measurements with a New HV Deflection System and Ion Source Upgrades on the Rutgers 12-Inch Cyclotron (2010) — p. 6 (R and dR on 7)
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Gives the builder the extraction-voltage scale for a next machine: deflector voltage scales linearly with beam energy at fixed geometry, so a ~100 keV beam needs about a fifth of a 472 keV machine's figure in the same channel. Given the source's formula/number discrepancy (see formula field), size from the formula and confirm by measurement.
-
In fixed-frequency magnet scans expect harmonic beam peaks at fields near B/n for odd n (f_RF = n*f_c; the ion completes one turn in n RF periods) - Houghton labelled peaks H+/3, H+/5, H+/7, H2+/9 - so label every peak with a species-and-harmonic hypothesis before claiming fundamental beam.
resonance at B/n, n odd for the two-gap geometry; f_RF = n*f_cSource quote & editorial note
H2+/9 H+/7 H+/5 H+/3 H+ H2+
Yuly et al., Modifications on the Houghton College Cyclotron (2010) — p. 15-18
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Prevents misidentifying beam in the reference machine's B-field sweeps: a peak at one-third the expected field is a CANDIDATE for the same ion on the 3rd harmonic - confirm by species diagnostics or scaling tests, since another species/harmonic combination can land at the same field.
-
Fusion rate climbed steeply with grid voltage in the thesis's runs - their sweep: 10 cpm at -16 kV rising through 60 cpm at -25 kV (the quoted point) to 130 cpm at -31 kV, at 13-18 mTorr and ~10 mA - roughly 13x for a 2x voltage increase.
BF3 moderated counter: 16 kV -> 10 cpm; 25 kV -> 60-100 cpm; 31 kV -> 130 cpmSource quote & editorial note
Voltage -kV dc / Current milliamps / Pressure millitorr / Neutrons cpm: 16, 11, 18, 10 ... 25, 8.1, 14, 60 ... 31, 10.8, 13, 130. Figure 25 - Neutron readings versus other chamber parameters.
Kovalchick, Deuterium Fusion Using Inertial Electrostatic Confinement (2012) — p. PDF p.46 = printed p.46 (Kovalchick, 'Experiment 7 - Observations', Figure 25)
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The same lesson as the p-B11 cross-section curves: sub-barrier yield rises steeply with particle energy, so extra beam energy buys far more counts than the same fractional increase in current. The specific sweep numbers are one fusor's; the steepness is the physics.
Cited in: Experiments by Energy Band
-
Neutron yield in Hull's fusor line climbed steeply with drive voltage: the 22 kV supply gave 1e3 n/s, 33 kV gave 1e5 n/s - a hundredfold - and his current machine, on a larger supply, exceeds 6e5 n/s; his investment order is voltage, vacuum cleanliness, and gas handling first.
22 kV -> 1e3 n/s; 33 kV -> 1e5 n/s; current machine > 6e5 n/s (that machine's supply voltage: scan re-read queued)Source quote & editorial note
It was limited to low level output by its 22kv internal supply. 103 n/sec... a 33 kilovolt supply. 105 n/sec... currently produces in excess of 600,000 neutrons per second
Hull, Fusor: An Easy to Construct Fusion Reactor Based on Inertial Electrostatic Confinement (2009) — p. 36-39
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Reinforces energy-over-current for the builder: sub-Coulomb-barrier reaction rates reward every extra keV steeply - though not by a fixed orders-per-10-kV law; Hull's own steps differ between jumps.
Cited in: Experiments by Energy Band
-
Recognize the phase-slip failure signature: once the accumulated phase difference passes pi/2 (in the standard convention) an ion stops gaining at the gap, then loses energy and spirals inward - so a beam that slips out of phase before full radius shows current dropping suddenly to near zero beyond whatever radius the ions reach.
phase difference > pi/2 -> deceleration; beam current collapses beyond that radiusSource quote & editorial note
If many ions in the beam fall out of phase before reaching maximum Dee radius, the beam current will drop suddenly to near zero beyond whatever radius the ions tend to reach
Morrow, Focusing in the Houghton College Cyclotron — Houghton College thesis (2015) — p. 28, 57
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Diagnostic direction, not verdict: a sharp cutoff in the radial current profile is CONSISTENT with phase slip - and also with aperture interception, wall collisions or vertical-envelope loss - so discriminate by what moves it: RF frequency and dee-voltage changes shift a phase-slip radius, mechanical interception does not, and field trim tells its own story.
-
Identify beam species candidates by sweeping magnet current at fixed RF: resonances appear at the fundamental and at odd RF harmonics (B, B/3, B/5 for a given species), so H+, H2+ and He+ each show up several times in a magnet scan - a cheap first-pass mass spectrometer for the internal beam.
f_RF = h*q*B/(2*pi*m), h odd for a two-dee geometry -> resonant fields B_h = 2*pi*m*f_RF/(h*q); e.g. He+ at h=3, 3.68 MHz -> ~0.32 TSource quote & editorial note
for a fixed frequency f, resonances will occur for lower magnetic fields, e.g. B/3 and B/5, corresponding to an odd multiple of a lower frequency
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Practical commissioning technique: a magnet-current sweep plus an electrometer assigns candidate species/harmonic pairs to each peak. Confirming that a peak is really protons (and clean) still needs field calibration and, where purity matters, an independent species check.
-
The circulating beam is not continuous: frame-by-frame analysis on this machine showed ions populating about 40 degrees of the 360-degree RF cycle - implying peak current roughly ninefold above average IF the bunch is near-uniform (the rectangular estimate).
bunch width ~40 deg of RF cycleSource quote & editorial note
Frame-by-frame analysis... revealed that ions nominally populate 40 degrees of the 360 degree RF cycle in our cyclotron.
Koeth, Undergraduate Education with the Rutgers 12-Inch Cyclotron (2015) — p. 9
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Sets expectations for fast diagnostics and duty-factor arithmetic on any machine: measure your own bunch width (capacitive pickup, gated counting) and use it - 40 degrees is one measured machine's figure, not a constant.
-
In a classical (azimuthally symmetric) cyclotron, keep the field-decay index n between 0 and 1 at all working radii; only then are both radial and axial motion stable, with tunes Qr = sqrt(1-n) and Qz = sqrt(n).
0 < n < 1; n = -(dB/dr)(r/B); Qr = sqrt(1-n), Qz = sqrt(n)Source quote & editorial note
The axial focusing, as shown above, takes place for any positive values of the field decay exponent. Therefore, orbital stability in both directions takes place only for 0 < n < 1.
Smirnov, The Cyclotron and Its Modeling — Phys. Part. Nuclei 52 (2021) — p. 18-20
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The governing stability rule for the weak-focusing reference machine: check the FEMM-derived B(r) for 0 < n < 1 over the working radii. Two refinements: n tends to zero at the machine center by symmetry, so the requirement bites from the first working orbits outward; and the value n takes is the designer's shaping choice - weak-focusing machines run it small at inner radii, rising toward extraction.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
Analyze all betatron resonances of order below 4 (plus any structure resonance whose order equals the sector number); the Qr = 1 resonance near the center is survivable only because it is crossed in 1-3 turns with no large first-harmonic field error.
check |nr|*Qr + |nz|*Qz = k for order |nr|+|nz| < 4; cross Qr = 1 in 1-3 turns with small B1Source quote & editorial note
its passage without noticeable losses of particles becomes possible only due to the fact that the beam crosses it for 1-3 revolutions, and the first harmonic of the magnetic field with a large amplitude is absent
Smirnov, The Cyclotron and Its Modeling — Phys. Part. Nuclei 52 (2021) — p. 37
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: In the reference machine Qr = sqrt(1-n) sits just below 1 everywhere, so first-harmonic field symmetry is the load-bearing tolerance: a coherent distortion driven by B1 grows while the resonance condition holds, and the crossing survives when B1 is small (the quote's condition) and the crossing fast. How small is computed for the actual machine - the beam-dynamics laboratory's imperfection tools do it; pole tilt and off-center coils are the usual B1 sources.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
Avoid running the beam long near the Walkinshaw resonance Qr - 2Qz = 0 (n = 0.2 in a classical machine): mean-field nonlinearity there pumps radial into axial oscillation with the axial amplitude reaching twice the radial amplitude.
Qr - 2Qz = 0; classical cyclotron: sqrt(1-n) = 2*sqrt(n) -> n = 0.2Source quote & editorial note
When transferring the energy of radial betatron oscillations into axial oscillations, the amplitude of the latter turns out to be twice the amplitude of radial oscillations.
Smirnov, The Cyclotron and Its Modeling — Phys. Part. Nuclei 52 (2021) — p. 39
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Very concrete for the reference machine: if the edge-field falloff pushes n through 0.2 near the last turns, dwelling ions grow vertically as far as the coupling perturbation drives them - into the dee aperture if allowed. Keep n below ~0.2 out to the extraction radius, or cross the resonance fast (dg-152, dg-694).
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
Form the average field close to the ideal isochronous curve: in the cited 30 MeV compact machine, holding the deviation within 5 G at all operating radii holds the beam's RF phase within about 5 degrees.
cited machine: |B_avg - B_iso| <= 5 G -> |RF phase deviation| <= ~5 degSource quote & editorial note
if the field is formed such that the deviation from the isochronous one for all operating radii is no more than 5 G, then this corresponds to a deviation of the RF phase... by no more than 5 degrees
Smirnov, The Cyclotron and Its Modeling — Phys. Part. Nuclei 52 (2021) — p. 50
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The 5 G <-> 5 deg pairing is that machine's arithmetic, not a portable spec: phase slip accumulates with turn number, harmonic and energy gain per turn, so integrate it turn by turn from the measured B(r) and RF parameters, and set the reference machine's shimming tolerance from the resulting phase-acceptance budget.
-
Compensate the missing focusing at the machine center with a field bump: the central field is raised a few tens to a few hundred gauss (so it falls from center outward over the first turns), paired with RF phases chosen so the first gap crossings add axial electric focusing at the first revolutions.
B_center bump = ~30-300 G above isochronous levelSource quote & editorial note
Then the RF phase shifts to the values at which the particles cross the accelerating gaps with the optimal phase. Thus, conditions are created for the additional focusing of particles in the axial direction at the first revolutions by a high-frequency electric field. Depending on the configuration of the central region of the cyclotron, the level of the magnetic field in the center is raised to an amount of a few tens to a few hundred gauss
Smirnov, The Cyclotron and Its Modeling — Phys. Part. Nuclei 52 (2021) — p. 50-51
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Usable on a next machine: shim a small central cone so B falls gently from center outward, and set the central-region phase so the electric focusing helps rather than hurts - then verify the resulting field index and phase history by model; RF electric focusing means n~0 first turns are not wholly unfocused even before the bump.
-
Expect orbit separation from energy gain of dR = R*(dW/W)*(gamma/(gamma+1))/Qr^2 per turn; if that is too small for a septum, add a controlled first-harmonic bump (a few gauss suffices at the Qr = 1 crossing) to drive precession and enlarge turn spacing.
dR = R*(dW/W)*(gamma/(gamma+1))/Qr^2 per turn - W kinetic energy, dW the gain per FULL turn, Qr the local radial tune; the source's precession expression x_c = pi*R*(b1/B0)*n_eff uses its own n_eff definition (scan re-read queued for it)Source quote & editorial note
The presence of the resonance makes it possible to use the first harmonic of the field with a small amplitude (usually a few gauss) to obtain a significant increase in radial amplitudes.
Smirnov, The Cyclotron and Its Modeling — Phys. Part. Nuclei 52 (2021) — p. 64-65
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The dR formula tells the builder exactly what turn spacing a ~kV energy gain buys at 4-inch radius (fractions of a mm), i.e. whether a septum/foil extraction is geometrically feasible for a next machine.
-
A classical cyclotron's final proton energy is limited to 10-15 MeV with one or two dees at practically realizable dee voltages; set the RF generator frequency below the central-field revolution frequency so the phase slides negative and turns around near -90 degrees, maximizing radius before phase loss.
E_max(protons, classical) ~ 10-15 MeV; choose f_rf < f(0) so phase turnaround occurs near -90 degSource quote & editorial note
With a practically realizable energy set today, the final energy is limited to 10-15 MeV for protons when one or two [dees are used] ... By selecting the value of the generator frequency, it is possible to achieve that the point of changing the direction of the phase motion is near -90 degrees.
Smirnov, The Cyclotron and Its Modeling — Phys. Part. Nuclei 52 (2021) — p. 22
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: At 100 keV-1 MeV the reference machine is far from the ceiling. Setting the oscillator slightly below the central-field frequency is the source's strategy for spending the phase budget symmetrically - the same lever helps a machine whose field profile is imperfect, but the check remains the summed slip (dg-273), not the detuning itself.
-
With external axial injection, choose an injection energy (in eV per charge) below the dee voltage amplitude: the first gap crossings then rapidly enlarge the orbit, minimizing central-structure size and radial losses.
E_inj/q < U_dee (injection energy less than accelerating-voltage amplitude)Source quote & editorial note
the optimal case from the viewpoint of minimizing the radial beam losses is a mode of operation in which the value of the injection energy is less than the amplitude of the accelerating voltage across the dees
Smirnov, The Cyclotron and Its Modeling — Phys. Part. Nuclei 52 (2021) — p. 55-56
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: If a next machine ever moves to an external source and axial injection: the cited criterion (injection energy per charge below the dee amplitude) minimizes radial losses by letting the first gap crossings enlarge the orbit fast - set the actual injection energy jointly with inflector acceptance, transport and RF capture, not from the radial-loss criterion alone.
-
With an internal ion source and cosine RF, the central region's phase acceptance is roughly the starting-phase window (-90, +20) degrees; phase slits can then select bunches down to a few RF degrees.
phase acceptance ~ (-90 deg, +20 deg) relative to peak-voltage phase = 0Source quote & editorial note
the phase acceptance of the center, as a rule, contains the particles, the initial RF phases of which do not go beyond the range of (-90; 20)
Smirnov, The Cyclotron and Its Modeling — Phys. Part. Nuclei 52 (2021) — p. 56
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Explains why a large fraction of source output never accelerates: only starting phases inside a ~110-degree window of the full 360 are candidates at all - a uniform-emission estimate makes that a ~30% ceiling, before radial and axial acceptance cut further; it is not a measured capture efficiency. The builder tool should launch macroparticles across this window rather than a single reference phase.
-
Estimate residual-gas beam loss step-by-step as dN = sigma*n*N*v*dt with gas density n[m^-3] ~ 3.22e22 * P[Torr] at 300 K; use species- and energy-dependent cross sections for the actual (or an explicitly assumed) gas composition.
dN = sigma*n*N*v*dt; n[m^-3] ~ 3.22e22*P[Torr] at 300 K; integrated: N/N0 = exp(-sum_i INT n_i*sigma_i(E) ds)Source quote & editorial note
The number of lost particles dN at each time step dt can be estimated by the formula dN = sigma nN v dt
Smirnov, The Cyclotron and Its Modeling — Phys. Part. Nuclei 52 (2021) — p. 70
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Lets the builder tool convert a gauge reading and total path length (hundreds of turns) into a survival fraction - with the composition stated, the gauge's gas-sensitivity factor applied, and the cross sections taken at the right energies. An assumed oxygen-like composition is a labeled assumption, not a guaranteed worst case: water and hydrocarbons can exceed it for the processes that matter.
Cited in: The Vacuum Budget of a Cyclotron
-
Place phase slits where the beam's radial size is largest, as close to the center as possible, on different turns azimuthally separated by half a magnet period, and away from accelerating gaps (along the centerlines between dees).
Source quote & editorial note
The slit is most functional if it is installed in the place of the largest radial size of the beam... The closer to the center the device is installed, the more efficient it is, and the less radiation losses thereon. ... If there are several slits, then it is advisable to place them at different revolutions and azimuthally with a difference of half the period of the system, e.g., in a hill and a valley. ... Elements should be installed away from accelerating gaps, e.g., along the center lines of the space between the dees
Smirnov, The Cyclotron and Its Modeling — Phys. Part. Nuclei 52 (2021) — p. 56
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Practical placement rules if the builder adds a beam-defining post or slit to clean up phase spread and improve turn separation at extraction radius.
-
In the cited design context, the transition to high-intensity (space-charge-dominated) operation is most often placed at a few hundred microamperes of beam current.
cited rule of thumb: high-intensity boundary ~ few 100 uA; check by comparing the space-charge term against emittance and focusing terms (generalized perveance / tune depression), using PEAK currentSource quote & editorial note
Most often, the boundary of the transition to high intensities is determined at the level of a few hundred microamperes.
Smirnov, The Cyclotron and Its Modeling — Phys. Part. Nuclei 52 (2021) — p. 40
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The reference machine's nA-uA beams sit far below the cited boundary, so omitting space-charge solvers is a reasonable default for the builder tool - but earn it with one calculation: peak (bunched) current through the low-energy first turns is where space charge bites first, so run the perveance estimate there before declaring it negligible.
-
Turn separation from acceleration alone is dr = R*(dE/turn)/(2E), so at fixed radius doubling the dee voltage doubles the turn spacing.
dr0/r0 = (1/2)*(dE0/E0); more exactly dR/dn = R*(dE/dn)/E * gamma/(gamma+1) * 1/nu_r^2Source quote & editorial note
the relative radial increase is only half the relative energy increase. However, for a given cyclotron, the turn separation dr0 will double when the dee voltage is doubled.
Kleeven & Zaremba, Cyclotrons: Magnetic Design and Beam Dynamics — CAS 2015, arXiv:1804.08961 (2018) — p. 44
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The reference machine (~150 keV, 2.6 keV/turn, r ~ 9.6 cm) gets ~0.8 mm/turn. A 10 kV dee at the same radius scales it by the ratio of per-turn energy gains - computed from the actual voltage convention and gap count: 10 kV peak with two crossings at good phase is ~20 keV/turn, ~6 mm; one effective crossing or poor phase halves it or worse.
-
Professional-scale reality check: 30 MeV with 100 keV/turn at R=0.5 m yields only 0.83 mm turn separation, versus a typical 4 mm radial beam width - acceleration alone rarely separates turns.
dr = R*dT/(2T)Source quote & editorial note
for a final energy of T = 30 MeV, dT = 100 keV, and an extraction radius of 0.5 m, we find dr = 0.83 mm. This is a rather small number, e.g. when compared with a radial beam width of for instance 4 mm.
Botman & Hagedoorn, Extraction from Cyclotrons — CAS, CERN 96-02 (1996) — p. 6
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Small machines fare better because dr/R scales as dT/T: a 350 keV next machine at 10-20 keV per turn carries a fractional turn separation 9-17x this 30 MeV machine's. Its beam width does not shrink in proportion, though - so the separation-vs-width comparison still needs the machine's own numbers (dg-495).
-
Maximum extra turn separation from precession is 2*pi*(1-nu_r)*x; a 3 mm coherent amplitude accelerated to nu_r=0.8 buys 3.8 mm, added on top of the acceleration term.
dr_precession(max) ~ 2*pi*|1 - nu_r|*x near integer tune (the exact sinusoidal maximum is 2*x*|sin(pi*nu_r)| - 3.53 mm for the quoted 3 mm, nu_r = 0.8 case)Source quote & editorial note
when a coherent oscillation amplitude x of 3 mm has been built up ... and acceleration takes place until vr = 0.8, the maximum turn separation due to precession is 3.8 mm.
Botman & Hagedoorn, Extraction from Cyclotrons — CAS, CERN 96-02 (1996) — p. 7
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A deliberate few-mm coherent amplitude (source off-centering is one way to seed it), plus letting nu_r fall toward 0.8 in the fringe, can multiply turn spacing severalfold - IF the precession phase is arranged so the separation appears at the septum azimuth. It is a designed, tracked orbit-dynamics move, not a free effect.
-
Size the coherent oscillation to roughly equal the incoherent (emittance) amplitude: larger radial amplitude risks vertical blow-up when passing the nu_r = 2*nu_z coupling resonance in the fringe field and invites strong nonlinear effects; smaller wastes separation.
Source quote & editorial note
Accelerating the beam far into the fringe field often means passing the vr = 2 vz coupling resonance. Energy can be exchanged from the radial to the vertical motion, blowing up the beam vertically and leading to beam loss. If the radial oscillation amplitude is not too large, and if the resonance is passed in only a few revolutions, vertical amplitude increase is avoided. In practice, a coherent radial oscillation amplitude of the same size as the incoherent amplitude, is a good criterion for efficient extraction. Another reason for requiring not too large radial oscillation is avoiding strong non linear effects.
Botman & Hagedoorn, Extraction from Cyclotrons — CAS, CERN 96-02 (1996) — p. 7
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: If a next machine's radial beam half-width is ~2-3 mm, start near a ~2-3 mm coherent amplitude and set the acceptable ceiling by tracking through the extraction field - the equality criterion is the source's practical starting point, not a hard limit.
-
Keep the deliberately induced radial amplitude from the nu_r = 1 resonance to a few mm, and cross vertical-stability-threatening resonances (nu_r = 2*nu_z at n = 0.2; nu_z = 1/2 at n = 0.25 in smooth weak focusing) quickly.
Source quote & editorial note
one has to limit the radial amplitude, induced from the v = 1 resonance, to a few mm.
Heikkinen, Injection and Extraction for Cyclotrons — CAS, CERN 94-01 (1994) — p. 18
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: In a weak-focusing field the last turns sweep the field index upward toward these resonances: compute the actual tune curves from the measured field map, and keep energy gain per turn high through any crossing so that tracking predicts acceptable vertical growth - speed of crossing, not a fixed turn count, is the criterion.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
A first-harmonic field bump displaces the equilibrium orbit by dx = eps1*R/(nu_r^2-1); eps1=1e-4 (about 0.6 G in a 0.59 T field) at R=1 m and nu_r-1=0.01 already gives 5 mm.
dx = eps1*R/(nu_r^2 - 1), eps1 = B1/B0Source quote & editorial note
taking eps1 = 10-4, R = 1 m and vr - 1 = 0.01, one finds an orbit centre shift, i.e. a radial oscillation amplitude, of dx = 5 mm.
Botman & Hagedoorn, Extraction from Cyclotrons — CAS, CERN 96-02 (1996) — p. 9
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Gauss-level azimuthal asymmetry matters at 0.59-0.89 T NEAR nu_r = 1: the (nu_r^2 - 1) denominator is what turns the quoted 0.6 G into 5 mm, and the sensitivity falls away from the resonance and shrinks with radius. It is both the knob (a deliberate shim or coil bump) and the hazard (uncontrolled bumps de-center the beam) - dg-562's tolerance computation is the same physics from the defensive side.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
Crossing nu_r=1 with a first harmonic builds coherent amplitude over an effective resonance duration of typically ~10 revolutions; in the cited machines extraction typically takes place near nu_r = 0.8.
x_c = pi*sqrt(2)*(b1/B)*R*n_eff (order of magnitude), n_eff = sqrt(1/(2*pi*dnu_r/dn)) ~ 10 turnsSource quote & editorial note
n_eff is the effective duration of the resonance (typically around ten revolutions). ... Typically the extraction takes place near v = 0.8.
Heikkinen, Injection and Extraction for Cyclotrons — CAS, CERN 94-01 (1994) — p. 14
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A smooth azimuthally symmetric weak-focusing machine approaches nu_r=1 from below and never crosses it, so create the amplitude by ion-source off-centering instead (a different mechanism than resonant buildup - verify what it delivers by tracking) and use the fringe region where nu_r has fallen toward the source's typical ~0.8 for precession, with the actual tune taken from the measured field map.
-
Precessional extraction preserves beam quality when the turns between amplitude creation and the septum are few, because the HF-phase-dependent spread of orbit centres - 2*pi times the particle-to-particle DIFFERENCE in the integral of (nu_r - 1) dn - stays small for a well-centred beam.
spread of orbit-centre azimuth across the RF-phase distribution: delta_theta = 2*pi * delta[ integral (nu_r - 1) dn ] - the difference of the precession integral between particles, not the integral itselfSource quote & editorial note
the spreading of orbit centres for different HF phases due to HF mixing, is small for an originally well centreed beam, as in general the number of turns from the vr = 1 resonance till extraction is not so large.
Botman & Hagedoorn, Extraction from Cyclotrons — CAS, CERN 96-02 (1996) — p. 9
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: If a next machine uses source off-centering (amplitude created at turn 1, necessarily - it cannot be placed late), evaluate the phase-mixing integral from tracked particles in the actual field map before assuming the coherent centroid survives: individual amplitudes persist while the ensemble centroid can smear. A trim bump near the extraction region, where late placement IS possible, is the cleaner tool.
-
PIG beam energy spread is tabulated at 10-50 V (read as eV per unit charge), with typical currents in the 5-500 mA class.
dE(PIG) = 10-50 eV per charge state; typical currents 5-500 mA class (source table)Source quote & editorial note
PIG ion source 10-50 [energy spread, V] 5-500 [typical ion current, mA] (Table 2.1)
Wolf (ed.), Handbook of Ion Sources (1995) — p. 51
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Against a few-keV effective first-gap gain a 10-50 eV spread is a ~1 percent perturbation, so source simplicity is worth keeping - confirm with the machine's own capture/acceptance estimate, since capture depends on RF phase and central-region geometry, not the gap voltage alone; the filament-arc comparison needs its own source.
-
For orbit-code initial conditions, model ions leaving a slit chimney from an approximately flat plasma boundary and a hole chimney from a concave one, at ~35,000 K plasma temperature (the source's stated 'central starting energy' 4.5 eV, i.e. (3/2)kT under its convention); with these methods the author judged Z3CYCLONE predictions adequate 'such that construction of actual cyclotrons can proceed with reasonably prudent confidence'.
T_plasma ~ 35,000 K; kT ~ 3.0 eV, central starting energy 4.5 eV = (3/2)kT (source convention); flat boundary (slit), concave (hole)Source quote & editorial note
We observe that an approximately flat plasma boundary provides the best match to the experimental beams emerging from the 'slit' style chimneys in our study, while a concave plasma boundary (curving toward the source axis) provides a better match for the beam that emerges from the 'hole' style chimney. In all cases, the plasma temperature that provides the best match for experimental beams is approximately 35,000 K (resulting in a central starting energy of 4.5 eV). Using the methods presented in this dissertation, the orbit tracking code Z3CYCLONE is able to predict the beam produced by a cold cathode PIG ion source with adequate accuracy such that construction of actual cyclotrons can proceed with reasonably prudent confidence that the cyclotron will perform as predicted.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Drop-in starting condition for the reference machine's central-region orbit models: start protons from a flat sheet across the slit with the source's 4.5 eV central energy, not from rest at a point - and sweep the parameters against measured beams per dg-423.
-
Round apertures vs slits are a transmission-vs-current trade — converting the Eclipse anode/puller slits to equal-area round holes raised cyclotron transmission from 19% to 30% but cut target current from 120 to 40 uA.
round aperture = +57% transmission, -67% net current (equal area)Source quote & editorial note
Post-to-foil transmission increased dramatically (from 19% to 30%) but the total target current decreased from 120 uA to 40 uA
Potkins et al., Improvements to Siemens Eclipse PET Cyclotron Penning Ion Source (2017) — p. 3-4
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: For a machine starved of axial acceptance a hole source may waste less injected beam, while total current favored the tall slit in the Eclipse test. The reference machine's 1.42 in physical gap suggests but does not establish generous DYNAMIC acceptance - pick slit vs hole from central-region tracking or a measured acceptance/delivered-current comparison, not the gap dimension.
-
The CIT model poles were shimmed until, with 20,000 gauss at the center, the field fell approximately linearly to 96.7% of the central value at 96.5% of the total radius - the point the source identifies with magnetic index n = 0.2. Note the tension the source leaves unresolved: a strictly linear 3.3% drop gives a local n of only ~0.03 at that radius, so their n = 0.2 must reflect the locally steepening slope at the working edge, not the average decrease.
n = -(r/H)(dH/dr) evaluated from the LOCAL derivative of measured H(r); source's profile: H(0.965R) = 0.967*H(0), 'approximately linear', labeled n = 0.2 at the edgeSource quote & editorial note
with 20,000 gauss at the center, produced a field of 96.7 percent of this value at 96.5 percent of the total radius (corresponding to the magnetic index n = .2), with an approximately linear decrease in field from center to edge.
Creutz, Design and Construction of Synchro-Cyclotron — NYO-780 (1950) — p. 9-10
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The transferable practice is the method: measure H(r), compute n(r) from its local slope, and place the working radius where n stays in the focusing band - do not set a shim target from endpoint percentages, and do not adopt n = 0.2 as a goal without orbit, phase-slip and extraction analysis.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
If the beam dies short of design radius, check the n = 0.2 radius first: the 184-inch beam spread vertically and vanished at 81.5 in (design 85 in), closely matching where magnetic measurements put n = 0.2 - a machine-specific correlation with the nu_r = 2*nu_z coupling resonance, not a universal loss boundary (linear weak-focusing stability itself runs 0 < n < 1).
n = -(R/H)(dH/dR); at n = 0.2 (smooth approximation) nu_r = 2*nu_z - a resonance worth suspecting, not an automatic wallSource quote & editorial note
The autographs indicate a rapid spreading vertically of the beam at about 81 1/2 inches. This agrees quite closely with the point at which n = 0.2 from magnetic measurements.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Fully applicable as a diagnostic: map B(r) on the bench, compute n(r) and the tunes, and if the reference machine's beam stalls early, the n = 0.2 crossing is suspect number one - but confirm with tracking and check field-error resonances and aperture before moving the target radius.
-
To test whether multiple 'pips' per beam pulse are precession rather than source noise, the 184-inch group added a second RF-shielded probe 155 degrees away: structure that keeps the orbit-model phase relation between azimuths supports precession, while common-mode structure points to source or RF fluctuation.
Source quote & editorial note
The usual beam pattern of two to three pips was obtained at several probe radii; namely, 22", 28 1/2" and 35". ... the regular probe radius was 28 1/2".
Yeater, 184″ Cyclotron: Synchroscope Beam Pictures on Two Probes — MDDC-987 (1947) — p. 3 (printed "- 1 -")
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The two-azimuth comparison transfers to any machine: it is a test, not a verdict - accept the precession reading when the measured inter-probe phase agrees with an orbit model and controls exclude RF pickup and coherent source modulation (which can also arrive with a fixed offset).
-
An in-tank DC electrostatic deflector electrode held about 60 kV in the operating 184-inch cyclotron - amid magnetic field, RF, and beam - a demonstrated 1947 operating value (fed, per the report, through a current-limiting series resistor; scan re-read queued for its value).
Source quote & editorial note
Approximately 60 kv could be held on the high voltage electrode of this deflector.
Sewell, 184″ Cyclotron: Vertical D.C. Electrostatic Deflector — MDDC-1051 (1947) — p. 2
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Compute the next machine's required deflector field from beam rigidity, channel length and allowed interception - then design insulation, clearances and stored-energy limiting for that voltage in its own right. The series spark-limiting resistor is worth copying; the assumption that deflector HV is low-risk is not.
-
Do not fight the n = 0.2 resonance for the last few percent: Berkeley POSTPONED accelerating past that radius because the available ion energy there was already within 5 percent of the system maximum (the specific radii and the n = 1 identification are the report's: scan re-read queued).
E_max at radius where n = 1; usable beam ends near n = 0.2Source quote & editorial note
accelerating particles past the radius where n = 0.2 in the 184-inch cyclotron has been postponed, since the available energy of the ions at this radius is within 5 per cent of the maximum of the system
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Budget a next machine's energy at the n = 0.2 radius, not the pole edge - and where shims can push the n = 0.2 contour outward, that buys usable energy more surely than chasing radius into the fringe (dg-152's taper rule is the design form of the same point).
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
At n = 0.2 the coupling resonance omega_z = omega_r/2 converts radial oscillation energy into vertical oscillation at up to double the amplitude - and machines with low accelerating voltage (many turns per inch) build it up rapidly.
omega_r = sqrt(1-n)*omega_0, omega_z = sqrt(n)*omega_0; at n = 0.2, omega_z = omega_r/2 (the coupling resonance); the amplitude transferred depends on coupling strength and crossing speed - the doubling figure is the report's estimate for its machineSource quote & editorial note
It must be kept in mind for systems having low accelerating voltages similar to the 184-inch cyclotron, that the ions will rapidly increase the amplitude of their vertical oscillations at the point where n = 0.2.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The reference machine's few-kV dee means many turns near any resonance radius - the slow-crossing regime the quote warns about. Keep n below 0.2 over the whole usable radius (the mapped check, dg-138), and give the dee aperture real margin over the expected radial oscillation amplitude.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
Probe-current fine structure carries orbit-center information: the minor-pulse frequency agreed quite well with the calculated precession frequency of the orbit center about the magnetic center - in the smooth weak-focusing model omega_prec = (1 - sqrt(1-n))*omega_0, so pip counting at a known probe radius estimates n there.
omega_prec = (1 - sqrt(1-n))*omega_0 (smooth weak-focusing model, n the local field index, omega_0 the orbital frequency)Source quote & editorial note
The frequency of the minor pulses in each beam pulse agrees quite well with the calculated frequency of precession of the center of rotation of the ions about the magnetic center of the system
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Transfers with caveats: on a CW fixed-frequency machine you need a pulsed source or fast probe electronics to see the structure, but a pulsed-arc run makes precession directly visible on a scope - treat the inverted n as an approximate effective-tune diagnostic, cross-checked against the field map.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
Shim for a 2-4% total field drop-off from center to maximum beam radius - the census machines cluster tightly there as tabulated (Copenhagen 1.75%, ANU 2%, ISSP 2.5%, BNL 3%, Tokyo 25-in 3%, Rochester 3.4%). [2026-09-06 erratum, scan re-read: the Rochester sheet prints 'Field drop-off 3. 4 %' - a decimal 3.4%, not a 3-4% range, verified at 600 dpi against the sheet's other decimals; the tabulated cluster is 1.75-3.4%.]
total dB/B (center to r_max) ~ 0.02-0.04; tabulated census cluster 1.75-3.4%Source quote & editorial note
Field drop-off 3-4 %
Howard, Cyclotrons and High-Energy Accelerators, 1958 — ORNL-2644 (1958) — p. 164
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Directly transferable as a SHAPE target for the reference machine's field: the fixed-frequency population converged on a smooth, monotonic few-percent total drop. The total constrains the average only - the stability check remains the local n(r) map (n > 0 throughout, staying clear of 0.2; dg-003, dg-138), which the same total drop can satisfy or violate depending on where the fall concentrates.
Cited in: Beam Dynamics: An Interactive Laboratory
-
Internal beams of 100-3000 uA were routine on the census's small machines (ISSP 16-in: 100 uA deuterons; BNL 18-in: 1-2 mA protons; ANU: 3 mA); external beams ran far lower on most (Copenhagen 2%, ANU 8% of internal), with BNL's tabulated pairing - 800 uA external against 1000-2000 uA internal, nominally 40-80% - the outlier, and the table's values not necessarily simultaneous.
Source quote & editorial note
Internal Beam, Stable, ua 1000-2000 ... External Beam, Stable, 800 ua; 100 ua focused on target 15 ft from machine
Howard, Cyclotrons and High-Energy Accelerators, 1958 — ORNL-2644 (1958) — p. 107
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: If the reference machine sees nA, the gap to the historical uA-mA norm lives in source output and center-region transmission, not physics limits - and extraction cost most census machines most of their beam, so budget a next machine's external current pessimistically.
-
Center the beam with slits on the first revolutions: ANU used beam-defining slits on turns 1, 2 and 3 (third-turn slit 0.5 mm) and reached 100% extraction efficiency at low current - but only with dee voltage stabilized better than 0.5%.
Source quote & editorial note
Beam defining slits used on 1, 2, and 3rd revolutions to define center of beam rotation; 3rd turn slit is 1/2 mm wide. 100% extraction efficiency with low beams, requires better than 1/2 % stabilization of dee volts.
Howard, Cyclotrons and High-Energy Accelerators, 1958 — ORNL-2644 (1958) — p. 27
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A historically successful, mechanically simple extraction aid: slits in the center region plus tight dee-amplitude regulation. Evaluate it for a next machine by comparing its interception losses and centering benefit against the calculated turn separation and deflector tolerances - slits select phase space by throwing beam away, so they complement, not replace, deflector design.
-
Vertical focusing on the first few turns can be electrostatic: ANU ran carbon grids across the dee apertures and reported electric focusing successful on the first four revolutions, bridging the region where the magnetic-gradient focusing is still negligible.
Source quote & editorial note
Electric focusing with carbon grids on the dees successful on first four revolutions
Howard, Cyclotrons and High-Energy Accelerators, 1958 — ORNL-2644 (1958) — p. 27
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: First-turn loss at low dee voltage is a classic tabletop failure mode, and the ANU carbon-grid result makes grid focusing worth testing - model the electric fields first, note a slit plate is not the same as a transparent grid, and check interception, RF loading, heating and outgassing at low current before adopting it.
-
Squaring the dee waveform by adding a 1/3-amplitude third harmonic attacks what the source calls ordinarily a major beam-loss mechanism: it minimizes the axial electric defocusing force and even provides some focusing during the usually defocusing part of the phase excursion, where magnetic focusing is weakest.
V(t) ~ sin(wt) + (1/3)sin(3wt) (first two Fourier terms of a square wave)Source quote & editorial note
It minimizes electric defocusing, which is ordinarily a major cause of beam loss, and actually provides some focusing during the usually defocusing part of the phase excursion.
Goodman, A Square-Wave Cyclotron Oscillator — ORNL-2403 (1958) — p. 10-11
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Electric defocusing on the first turns is a plausible and testable contributor to the reference machine's losses - not an established attribution; a flat-topped dee is likely too much RF plumbing for a next machine, but the mechanism explains why phase excursion and gap-crossing timing deserve modeling attention in any small machine.
-
The source's analysis found the same central-region bunching occurs even with a third harmonic added to square the RF waveform - ions still group to cross the gap near the fundamental's peak - so flat-topping and automatic phase grouping coexisted in that analysis.
dominant term -w*t*sin(wt+theta) unchanged by third harmonic (Appendix I)Source quote & editorial note
the same bunching occurs even if a third harmonic is added to the r-f wave form to square the wave
Goodman, A Square-Wave Cyclotron Oscillator — ORNL-2403 (1958) — p. 10
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Reassurance that waveform shaping and center-region bunching are separable problems in the source's treatment; any claimed voltage benefit depends on harmonic amplitude/phase and what is held fixed (peak voltage vs RF power), so quantify longitudinal acceptance by calculation before banking on it. The bunching mechanism itself (Cohen) is what sets which ions survive the center region. OCR note - theta prints as (c) in these appendix equations.
-
Ion bunching by the RF displaces orbit centers by Delta-r = 2D sin(theta) with D = eV/(2*m*omega^2*d); in the ORNL Analogue I example this was equivalent to ~20 turns, ~2 kV, or ~1% energy spread at the exit radius.
Delta-r = 2*D*sin(theta), D = eV/(2*m*omega^2*d) characteristic bunching displacementSource quote & editorial note
the radial displacement amplitude is equivalent to about twenty turns, or to about two kilovolts, or about 1% spread in energy at the exit radius
Goodman, A Square-Wave Cyclotron Oscillator — ORNL-2403 (1958) — p. 12
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Budget this effect for any future extraction work by evaluating D and Delta-r with the machine's own V, omega, gap and phase distribution and tracking the offsets to extraction - the ORNL equivalences are that machine's numbers, not a floor. Flat-topping reduces the phase-dependent part; neither AVF nor flat-topping removes the displacement wholesale.
-
Moving the source off-center and injecting azimuthally into a dee transformed the 20-inch: a central open arc giving 3.2 mA with severe dee-tip heating was replaced by a hooded-arc source at ~1.75-in radius with a 1/8 x 3/4-in exit slot, roughly doubling the beam to 6-7 mA and eliminating the dee-tip heating - though source type and position changed together.
source radius ~1.75 in on a 20-in machine (~0.2 of pole radius); slot 1/8 x 3/4 inSource quote & editorial note
A major improvement was effected when an off-center source was installed which injected azimuthally into one of the dees.
Heusinkveld et al., Studies with a Three-Dee Three-Phase Proton Cyclotron — UCRL-3187 (1955) — p. 12
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: For the reference machine's filament source, radial position and slot azimuth are cheap, high-leverage experiment variables (directly relevant to the planned source-species test) - scan them, normalized to the first-orbit geometry. Expect improvement mechanisms to be entangled as they were historically; measure, don't assume a factor of two.
-
Minimize high-voltage electrode surface area: less area means less bake-in sparking to clean up cathode spots and less contamination collection; the 88-inch tailored its field window to the beam - 0.5 in of field height for a 0.25-in beam.
field height ~ 2x beam height; radial field extent from incoherent oscillations (0.1-0.4 in at the 88-Inch)Source quote & editorial note
the high-voltage electrode should have the minimum possible surface area. This minimizes the amount of sparking required to bake out the cathode spots and reduces the amount of electrode contamination.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Measure or track the next machine's actual beam envelope at extraction radius - vertical oscillations, alignment and median-plane shift included - set the field window from that worst case plus explicit margin, and keep the HV bar as small and short as the trajectory allows; the 88-inch's 2x is their outcome, not a sizing law.
-
Derive extraction-element timing from turn separation: with ~0.1 in radius gain per rf cycle and deflector bars 1 in apart, ions cross the bar aperture in ~10 rf cycles, so the pulse must fire within +/-5 rf cycles.
aperture transit ~ (bar spacing)/(radius gain per turn) rf cycles; at ~10 Mc, 10 cycles ~ 1 us, so the firing window is ~+/-0.5 us; rise time is budgeted separately from the allowable field transient while ions occupy the deflectorSource quote & editorial note
the increase in radius of the burst of ions per rf cycle is approximately 0.1 inches and the deflector bars are spaced one inch apart, the pulse must occur within +/- 5 rf cycles.
Kerns et al., High Voltage Pulser for 184-inch Cyclotron Electric Deflector — UCRL-95 (1948) — p. 8
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Synchrocyclotron-specific hardware (a CW deflector needs no pulse), but the requirements chain - turn separation sets element aperture sets timing budget - is the template for sizing ANY extraction element, including a next machine's septum entrance.
-
Precessional/regenerative extraction must satisfy the quoted three requirements: (a) arrest the precession so the radial-oscillation maximum recurs at one azimuth, (b) obtain sufficient gain per turn - enough to step over the septum wall WITH entrance margin, and (c) minimize losses from axial blowup.
requirements: precession arrested; gain/turn > septum wall + entrance margin; axial losses boundedSource quote & editorial note
The extraction requirements, simply stated, are: (a) The precession must be arrested (b) Sufficient gain per turn must be obtained (c) Losses owing to axial blowup must be minimized.
Stubbins, Extraction of Synchrocyclotron Beams Near the Maximum Energy — UCRL-3476 (1956) — p. 7
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The cleanest checklist in this collection for what a next machine's precessional-assist extraction must accomplish - phase-lock the precession to place orbit maxima at the septum azimuth, then count gain-per-turn against septum thickness. Machine-class independent.
-
Start the extraction perturbation at a "synchronous radius" defined as where the perturbation field begins and where unperturbed particles would circulate with zero radial amplitude - chosen just inside the radius of normal beam destruction (for the 184-inch, n = 0.155 at 79.8 in, just inside the n = 0.2 point). Reducing this radius eases extraction but costs extracted energy.
184-inch example n(79.8 in) = 0.155; dn/dr ~ 0.055/in inside, 0.138/in outsideSource quote & editorial note
The synchronous radius suitable for deflection in the cyclotron is just inside the radius at which normal beam destruction occurs.
Stubbins, Extraction of Synchrocyclotron Beams Near the Maximum Energy — UCRL-3476 (1956) — p. 7
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The siting logic transfers, the threshold does not: put a next machine's septum or regenerator equivalent just inside where its OWN analysis says the beam dies - measured field map, tune calculation and tracking, not a universal n = 0.2 wall (linear radial stability formally extends to n = 1, and real loss radii are set by resonances, apertures and field errors). And every mm inward is extracted energy given away.
-
Design a regenerator by the source's seven-step procedure - from nonlinear equations of motion on the measured field through amplitude-dependent tunes to the required momentum kick and its field perturbation (the step contents and gain expressions summarized here are the report's derivation - re-read queued for the equations and variable definitions).
a = -sin(wr*th1)/sin(wr*(th2-th1)), wr = wr(r>R); delta(p') = -p0''*sin(wr*th2)/ sin(wr*(th2-th1))Source quote & editorial note
The determination of the required perturbation for extracting the beam of a synchrocyclotron is made in seven steps.
Stubbins, Extraction of Synchrocyclotron Beams Near the Maximum Energy — UCRL-3476 (1956) — p. 6
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The workflow (measured field -> amplitude-dependent tunes -> impulse-matrix tracking -> element strength) is exactly the CYCLOPS-lite pipeline planned for a next machine; the peeler-regenerator field shapes themselves are synchrocyclotron machinery and need not transfer. Treat the sine-ratio gain coefficient as branch- and model-specific once the re-read pins its definitions - it is singular near its denominator zeros, so no monotone smaller-interval-more-gain rule survives unqualified.
-
In the cited regenerator calculation, the disturbance to axial motion at 1-in axial amplitude was about twice the corresponding radial disturbance from the same field perturbation - large-axial-amplitude particles were the vulnerable population in that analysis.
delta(z') ~ 2x radial disturbance at 1-in axial amplitude; d(axial)/dr of Br from curl B = 0 -> Br = (dBz/dr)*zSource quote & editorial note
For a 1-in. axial amplitude this disturbance is about twice as strong as that occurring in the radial motion from the same field perturbation.
Stubbins, Extraction of Synchrocyclotron Beams Near the Maximum Energy — UCRL-3476 (1956) — p. 18
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The transferable warning: any radial-field-gradient extraction element has an off-midplane Br ~ z*dBz/dr whose vertical effect can focus or defocus depending on gradient sign and trajectory - include the deflector fringe and any field bump in the next machine's 3-D tracking rather than assuming the sign or which particles go first.
-
RF resonant extraction, as the source frames the choice: among the allowed drive harmonics l, choose the smallest - it needs the least precise match between perturbing frequency and particle motion, which matters where the edge field (and radial tune) changes rapidly (the force model, sector geometry and resonance equation are the report's analysis - re-read queued).
omega = omega0*2*sqrt(1-n)/l, l = 1,2,3...; perturbation F = A*rho*cos(omega*t) for rho>0 in a 60-deg sectorSource quote & editorial note
It is an advantage to choose the smallest value of l, since the choice allows the least sensitivity in matching the perturbing frequency to the particle motion.
Stubbins, Radiofrequency System for Extracting Particles from a Cyclotron — UCRL-8578 (1958) — p. 7
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A candidate extraction assist worth a TRACKER experiment before hardware: note that for l = 1 with nu_r near 1 the drive lands near TWICE the revolution frequency, and the required gradient, electrode voltage, bandwidth against tune spread, and isolation from the main RF are exactly what the tracking study must produce before 'an electrode pair and a small oscillator' can be promised.
-
Vertical beat-frequency loss is the destructive dual of rf extraction: when the source's resonance relation holds AND a vertical electric field proportional to the vertical displacement exists, the axial equation of motion is absolutely unstable - in the 184-inch, even the weak vertical component of the accelerating voltage lost the beam impressively fast.
two conditions per source: its Eq. resonance relation (displayed equation not OCR-readable - scan re-read queued for the exact form) + E_z proportional to z -> absolute axial instabilitySource quote & editorial note
f_z = f - f_0, where f_z equals (sqrt n) f_0 ... and n is the conventional cyclotron magnetic field parameter. The relation f = f_0 ((sqrt n) + 1) is one required condition for this process to occur
Stubbins, Radiofrequency System for Extracting Particles from a Cyclotron — UCRL-8578 (1958) — p. PDF p.5 = printed p.-3- (UCRL-8578, Sec. I Introduction)
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A real design caution at any scale: an E_z gradient of the right symmetry near a nu_z resonance can dump the beam. Note dee misalignment gives mostly a dipole-like midplane E_z, not the z-proportional gradient this parametric resonance needs - but asymmetric liners and gap geometry can supply the gradient term, so keep the dee/dummy-dee vertically symmetric and check nu_z against strong rf harmonics at operating field.
-
Do not expect an rf perturbation to kick particles out in one pass: in the analyzed arrangement, orbit precession caused repeated phase-dependent encounters with the perturbation, and ultimately all particles were perturbed to larger radial oscillation amplitudes.
amplitude growth is episodic over many turns; ultimately all phases perturbed to large amplitudeSource quote & editorial note
because of the precession of orbits all particles are ultimately perturbed to larger radial oscillation amplitudes.
Stubbins, Radiofrequency System for Extracting Particles from a Cyclotron — UCRL-8578 (1958) — p. 9
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Sets expectations for any resonant/precessional scheme on a next machine: the growth is episodic over many turns, so judge schemes in the tracker by turns-to-extraction and septum-hit fraction rather than single-pass kick size - the detailed evolution is deterministic and scheme-dependent, so track your own.
-
Ion-source axial position is a first-order machine parameter: raising the 86-inch source 1.5 in - leaving it one inch below the magnetic center, with the accelerating slit raised the same amount - was credited with taking protons from ~19 to ~24 MeV.
Source quote & editorial note
The increase in proton energy resulted from relocation of the ion source 1 1/2" upward; the source is now effectively only one inch below the magnetic center.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: On the reference machine, treat filament/chimney height relative to the MAGNETIC median plane (find it by measurement - it need not match the mechanical midplane) as a tuned parameter worth systematic scans. What the height buys is centering, vertical transmission and usable radius; at a fixed field and radius the energy is p = qBr regardless, so measure where the gain actually comes from rather than expecting a fixed percentage.
-
Diagnose an off-center beam from where it strikes: on the 86-inch, beam hitting the periphery of the south dee revealed the center of rotation was offset ~3 inches south, and the correction included moving the dees 1/2 inch south. Burn marks and asymmetric losses carry orbit-center information.
Source quote & editorial note
the beam striking the periphery of the south dee. This condition resulted from the center of rotation of the beam being offset to the south by a distance of approximately three inches. ... The dees were moved 1/2 in south, measured at the horizontal center line of the dees.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Witness marks on the reference machine's dee edges are a free orbit-centering CLUE - corroborate with radial probe scans and the field map before moving anything, since phase, axial focusing and apertures make similar marks; then correct at the source or dees once the cause is identified.
-
Measure the z-wise (axial) beam distribution with a multi-segment probe at several radii: the 22-inch's five-segment measurement (its Figure 5) showed most proton loss to the dees occurs during early revolutions, with only a small percentage lost beyond half the maximum radius.
Source quote & editorial note
most of the loss of protons to the dees occurs during early revolutions. Only a small percentage of the beam is lost beyond one-half of maximum radius, Figure 5. ... [Figure 5:] Z-WISE BEAM DISTRIBUTION on Each of Five Segments
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Both the finding and the instrument transfer as guidance: stack 3-5 insulated foils as a segmented z-probe on the reference machine to see where the beam sits vertically, and expect the early turns to deserve the tuning effort - on that machine, beam surviving to half radius mostly escaped further DEE loss; extraction, phase and radial channels are separate ledgers.
-
Negative dee bias can substitute weakly for an accelerating slit: on the 22-inch, increased (negative) dee bias raised full-radius beam by up to 30%, but only with no accelerating slit mounted - ORNL reports the effect 'is not observable when an accelerating slit is used'. [Corrected 2026-08-23: the earlier rule also said the slit 'outperforms the optimum bias'; the source shows the two are not additive, not that one beats the other. The sign of the bias and the with-slit null are on the cited page, just outside the quote - ORNL-1339 p. 16: 'This effect is not observable when an accelerating slit is used' and 'the increased negative bias potential gives non-optimum-phased ions ... a deeper penetration into the rf electric field'.]
Source quote & editorial note
an increase in bias potential on the dees increases the beam accelerated to maximum radius by a factor of as much as 30% when the cyclotron is operated without an accelerating slit (rf) mounted on the dee.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Worth a cheap experiment on the reference machine - with a proper RF-rated bias-injection network (choke/filter, insulation, supply protection), never a bare DC supply on a live dee. ORNL's stated reading is that bias pulls badly-phased ions deeper into the gap field; with a slit installed they saw no bias effect. The source does not rank the two approaches - test both on the actual machine.
-
Re-measure the magnetic field with the tank evacuated before commissioning: the 63-inch found distortion from atmospheric loading negligible, and its as-commissioned first-harmonic inhomogeneity measured ~0.03%.
first harmonic target ~3e-4 of main field (63-inch as-commissioned)Source quote & editorial note
It was found that distortion of the magnetic field when the tank is evacuated is negligible. Latest measurements of the magnetic field reveal a first harmonic inhomogeneity of approximately 0.03%.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Two transfers: verify a next machine's field map with the chamber assembled and pumped (pole deflection under vacuum load is a real worry that proved negligible for them - measure once to confirm); and read 0.03% as what a carefully shimmed classical machine ACHIEVED - the new machine's allowable first harmonic comes from its own orbit-centering budget, and note 0.03% of a 0.5-1 T tabletop field is 1.5-3 G, so gauss-level targets and fractional targets must be kept straight.
-
Map internal beam current vs radius early: first-month 63-inch probe currents ran 2000, 500, 170, 30 uA at 5, 10, 14, 18.5 in, were unreliable beyond that, with ~1 uA ESTIMATED at the 25.5-in extraction radius - a factor of ~2000 between the inner reading and the uncertain outer estimate during commissioning.
commissioning-era attenuation: ~3 orders of magnitude center-to-edge is normal, not brokenSource quote & editorial note
Current measurements beyond 18.5" were unreliable; the current at the maximum radius, 25.5", is estimated to be of the order of one microampere.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Calibrates expectations qualitatively, not in absolute scale: an untuned machine can lose orders of magnitude between small radius and full radius, so log the whole I(r) curve - its shape (where the loss happens) is the tuning roadmap. This is one machine's commissioning history, not a norm to be satisfied with.
-
Central-region orbit centering couples source radial position to dee voltage: with the Davis axial source confined to r < 2.5 in, the machine is forced to comparatively low dee voltages (20-30 kV) so the first-turn radius matches the available source position and the orbits stay centered — dee voltage is set by geometry, not by available RF power.
first-gap geometry couples V_dee to source/puller radius: r_1 = sqrt(2*m*q*V_gap)/(q*B) for acceleration from rest through the gap potential - initial energy and RF phase correct it furtherSource quote & editorial note
the ion source position is limited to a maximum radius of 2.5 inches. This forces operation at comparatively low dee voltages (20-30 kv) in order to center the orbits.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The design logic transfers directly to a next machine's central-region layout: pick dee voltage and source-puller radius TOGETHER from the first-orbit geometry. It also cuts the other way for the reference machine's 5-13 kV upgrade: raising dee voltage moves the optimum source position outward — re-scan source position after the RF upgrade.
-
Davis computed trim-coil settings with a linear program against Smith-Garren isochronous standards; the accepted fields' greatest deviation from isochronism was under 15 gauss in all cases - roughly 1e-3 of the working field, the calculation's achieved residual.
max |B - B_isochronous| < 15 G (~0.1-0.4% of field), trim settings by linear programSource quote & editorial note
The isochronous fields are obtained with trim coil settings computed by a linear program, and their greatest deviation from isochronism is less than 15 gauss in all cases.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Calibration, not criterion: what any machine tolerates is the accumulated RF phase slip - the signed integral of the frequency error over ITS acceleration history - so run the phase-slip integral in the tracker for the actual field map, turn count and dee voltage, and let that set the gauss tolerance; a few-tens-of-turns classical machine and a hundreds-of-turns AVF machine land in different places by exactly that arithmetic.
-
Get candidate central-region starting conditions by backward tracking: Davis estimated them by placing ions on a known-good 12-in equilibrium orbit and de-accelerating them to the center, then launched forward acceleration runs from those conditions - bypassing the ill-defined source-gap region on the first pass.
integrate equations of motion with reversed energy gain from EO inward to r=0Source quote & editorial note
The starting conditions for all cases were estimated by starting the ions on an equilibrium orbit of 12 inch radius and de-accelerating them to the center.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Directly implementable in the Python orbit tracker: find the equilibrium orbit at modest radius (well-conditioned), integrate backwards keeping the RF phase time-consistent, and read off CANDIDATE source-slit and puller coordinates - then validate with a full central-region field model and forward tracking; the backward pass suggests the geometry, it doesn't determine it.
-
A deliberate central field bump can beat the computed profile in practice: Davis start-up data with 42-MeV alphas showed possibly 10% more extracted beam running trim coil 1 at +22 A (producing the central radial bump) than at -145 A (the computed profile).
Source quote & editorial note
the beam measured at extraction is augmented by possibly 10% by using 22 amps in trim coil number 1 rather than -145 amps. The former produces the central radial bump.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Consistent with the classical-cyclotron instinct - a small central bump (field falling with radius from turn one) focuses the early turns where the ORNL 22-inch z-studies located most dee loss - as a HYPOTHESIS the correlation supports, not a demonstrated mechanism. Empirically checkable on the reference machine with shim washers at the pole center: calculate the phase-slip cost first, map the shimmed field, and measure both transmission and where the losses move.
-
Cross a betatron resonance on paper before crossing it in beam: the Davis orbit code showed particles pass the 3/3 radial resonance at 6-7 in radius with build-up that 'is not excessive and soon damps to 0.3 inch' - the resonance was accepted quantitatively rather than avoided.
compute the FULL transient amplitude through the resonance and compare the maximum excursion (not just the settled value) plus beam envelope against apertureSource quote & editorial note
The particles pass through the 3/3 resonance at a radius of 6-7 inches. The computer calculations show that the radial oscillation build-up at resonance is not excessive and soon damps to 0.3 inch.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Method for the CYCLOPS-lite tracker: don't just plot nu_r(r) and forbid resonance lines - integrate through them with realistic errors and acceleration rate, and report maximum excursion in millimeters against the aperture. A fast-crossed resonance can be acceptable if the complete envelope keeps clearance; 'damps' in the historical usage reflects detuning and adiabatic effects, not dissipation.
-
A computed field map validated by orbit code can produce first beam without empirical shimming iteration: Davis obtained a 21-MeV H2+ internal beam on the first attempt using the computed field, taken as confirmation of both the magnetic measurements and the orbit calculations.
Source quote & editorial note
the validity of the calculations and magnetic field data is supported by the fact that we obtained an internal beam of 21 MeV H2+ ions using the computed field on the first attempt.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The 1966 encouragement for a next machine's compute-first pipeline (field map -> tracker -> build): careful measurement plus an honest tracker produced first beam on the computed field, first attempt, on that machine. One result is precedent, not promise - keep shim stock on hand, and let the pipeline earn trust machine by machine.
-
Design the magnet around the report's four field premises: a steel- and copper-free cylindrical 'gap' whose diameter is about nine times its axial height (the quoted ratio); mid-plane symmetry; no azimuthal dependence; and a field falling with radius gently enough that n = -(R/H)(dH/dR) stays well below 1/5 at all used radii - the report's working condition.
gap diameter ~ 9x gap height; n = -(R/H)(dH/dR) << 1/5 inside the used radius; field decreases linearly with radius to the gap edgeSource quote & editorial note
This region, called the "gap," should have a diameter about nine times as great as its axial dimension. ... n = - (R/H)(dH/dR) << 1/5 ... The desired field is one which decreases linearly with increasing radius to the outside "edge" of the gap.
Foss et al., Cyclotron Component Design Technical Reports — TID-454 (1952) — p. PDF p.6 = printed p.6 (TID-454, Technical Report No. 1, Sec. 1.1 Pole Tips, 'Introduction')
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: CORROBORATING, not new - the same premises underlie Livingston-Blewett and Wouters (corpus already carries 0<n<1 stability). TID-454's working condition is the stricter n<<1/5; note its own 130-in/14-in example is 9.3x. The reference machine's 8-in poles over a wide gap fall far short of 9x, which is exactly why usable radius is scarce; a next machine's gap choice should respect this proportion.
-
Derive an FM (frequency-vs-time) program from the constant-ion-phase condition and measured oscillator data rather than seeking an exact law - in the cited synchrocyclotron design, the required capacity-vs-time variation was 'not very critical'; and cycle dead time taxes average beam current directly, so minimize the return-to-start time.
df/dt from constant-phase relation integrated numerically against measured f-vs-C of the model oscillator (Eqs. 1-3); t_return <= t_accel for best duty cycleSource quote & editorial note
The operation of the oscillator determines the variation of capacity with time which will keep the ion phase constant. This variation is not very critical.
Foss et al., Cyclotron Component Design Technical Reports — TID-454 (1952) — p. 152
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: For a small synchrotron's RF ramp the pattern maps with its own tolerances: f(t) and the allowable phase/frequency error come from the magnetic ramp, synchronous orbit and RF-bucket acceptance - the cited looseness belongs to that FM oscillator, not to synchrotron ramps in general; the duty-factor lesson (reset time is pure tax, minimize it within hardware limits) transfers as stated.
-
Never quote an internal-target beam energy from the B-rho calculation alone: ORNL's 86-inch measurements indicated the proton energy might deviate as much as +/-10% from the H-rho value, and the energy of maximum intensity varied by several hundred keV under MINOR adjustments of ion-source position, dee voltage, magnetic-field tuning, and oscillator frequency.
observed: E(measured) - E(B-rho) up to +/-10%; dE(max intensity) ~ several hundred keV vs everyday tuning parametersSource quote & editorial note
Measurements of the internal beam of the ORNL 86-inch cyclotron very early indicated that the energy of the proton beam might vary as much as +/-10% from H-rho calculations. ... The energy of maximum intensity was found to vary by as much as several hundred kilovolts with minor adjustments of the ion source position, dee voltage, magnetic field tuning, and oscillator frequency.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The direct historical support for this collection's energy-convention discipline: the reference machine's '150 keV-class computed' is a convention, not a measurement, and its own discrepancy must be measured, not assigned ORNL's +/-10%. For a next machine's B11(p,alpha) work, where yield vs energy is steep, measure energy AT the target (absorber stack in front of the PIPS, or foil methods) every time tuning changes.
-
The turn-to-turn radial step at the target edge is a direct RF-phase meter: from dE/E = 2 dr/r and dE = 4 V0 cos(theta) per turn (two dees), a measured dr at known radius, energy, and dee voltage yields the ion phase — ORNL 86-inch values ran 50-72 deg for 240-335 kV dee-to-dee.
dE/E = 2*dr/r (nonrelativistic, E ~ r^2); per turn with two dees dE = 4*q*V0*cos(theta) = 2*q*Vdd*cos(theta) (V0 = peak dee-to-ground, Vdd = peak dee-to-dee) => theta = acos(E*dr/(2*q*r*V0)) = acos(E*dr/(q*r*Vdd)); source table (dr in, Vdd kV, theta deg): A(0.29, 315, 60), B(0.19, 315, 72), C(0.22, 240, 60), D(0.40, 335, 50)Source quote & editorial note
From (5) the measurement of dr is essentially a determination of the phase.
Cohen, Spatial Distribution of Current on an Internal Cyclotron Target — ORNL-1348 (1952) — p. 9
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Energy-independent physics: a differential probe (shadowed double tip) or the sectioned-target map gives dr, and with the dee voltage - stated in ONE convention, peak dee-to-dee or dee-to-ground, never mixed - that is a direct measurement of ion RF phase, the quantity a next machine's field-tolerance budget protects. A rare experimental handle on phase for machines with no beam-position monitors.
-
Control the ion-source ground connection deliberately: an ungrounded source floats toward the accelerating-slit (dee) potential, reducing the slit's effect - ORNL's measured radial widths then approached the no-slit theoretical predictions. A floating source is a different machine configuration, not a small perturbation.
Source quote & editorial note
leaving the ion source ungrounded has a very substantial effect, since it then floats nearer the potential of the accelerating slit which is attached to the dees. This reduces the effect of the latter and the radial width approaches the theoretical predictions for a cyclotron without an accelerating slit.
Cohen, Spatial Distribution of Current on an Internal Cyclotron Target — ORNL-1348 (1952) — p. 9
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Direct lesson for the reference machine's central-region debugging: the source body's electrical state - DC connection AND RF return impedance, since a floating body near driven dees picks up RF capacitively - is a real optics knob (or a real gremlin). Verify and log the filament/chimney ground path; an intermittent source ground would masquerade as day-to-day beam irreproducibility of exactly the kind ORNL-1347 warns about.
-
Expect the surviving beam to self-select its RF phase: detuning the 86-inch field by 0.4% should have shifted the final phase 45 deg, but the measured shift was only ~10 deg because ions at the resonant phase were lost to defocusing and ions of more favorable phase became the dominant current — the machine partially hides detuning from you.
predicted d(theta) = 0.004 x 360 deg x N_turns (= 45 deg for these conditions); observed ~10 degSource quote & editorial note
the ions which were the chief contributors to the current at resonance are lost by defocusing and ions of more positive phases are now the chief contributors.
Cohen, Spatial Distribution of Current on an Internal Cyclotron Target — ORNL-1348 (1952) — p. 9
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Explains an observation class on the reference machine: probe current can look tolerant of field/frequency error while the surviving phase distribution, turn spacing, transmission and attained radius shift underneath - reinforcing ORNL-1347's rule that current on target is not evidence the energy is what B-rho says (at a FIXED radius the momentum is still ~qBr; what moves is which ions get there and how). Whether self-selection broadens your tuning curves is testable with phase- or energy-sensitive measurements - treat the width cautiously either way.
-
Choose sector number from the essential-resonance structure of the tune range you must traverse, then break ties with RF symmetry (how many accelerating gaps the geometry naturally supports).
systematic (structure) resonances: a*vr + b*vz = p*N for integer p (p = 1 is the fundamental sector harmonic), subject to order and symmetry selection rulesSource quote & editorial note
Six- and eight-sector machines are free from strong essential resonances ... also, the symmetry easily permits four accelerating gaps per revolution, a situation well suited to rf cavities.
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, A Proposal for the Mc² Isochronous Cyclotron — ORNL-3540 (1963) — p. 266-267
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: 810-MeV specifics (vr climbing to 2, spiral sectors) do not scale down; the method — list resonances crossed by your vr/vz trajectory before fixing N, then let RF layout break ties — applies to any AVF design.
-
Check whether electrostatic or magnetic deflection wins at your particle velocity before designing an extractor: the equivalent magnetic field for a given force shrinks as B = E/v, so E-fields lose effectiveness as velocity rises.
B_equiv = E/v; their case: 4.4 kV/cm on the Analogue scales to 700 kV/cm at 810 MeV vs only 2,800 gauss magneticSource quote & editorial note
electric fields are relatively ineffective at high particle velocities, but the force on an ion due to a magnetic field is proportional to velocity.
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, A Proposal for the Mc² Isochronous Cyclotron — ORNL-3540 (1963) — p. 151
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: At 150 keV protons (v ~ 5.4e6 m/s) the comparison runs strongly toward electrostatic: modest septum fields equal coil fields that are awkward to engineer at that scale, which is why documented small machines extract electrostatically. Run the B = E/v arithmetic before copying any big-machine magnetic-channel scheme - the crossover is a computation, not a law.
-
In weak-guide-field machines or field regions, measure and where necessary compensate the ambient (geomagnetic) field: in the cited 42-gauss electron Analogue, canceling the horizontal geomagnetic component eliminated an observed beam attenuation.
Source quote & editorial note
When the horizontal component of the geomagnetic field was canceled, this attenuation was eliminated.
Oak Ridge National Laboratory, A Proposal for the Mc² Isochronous Cyclotron — ORNL-3540 (1963) — p. 276
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Earth's field (~0.5 G total; the horizontal component is what mattered there) is normally a negligible perturbation inside the reference machine's 0.59-T gap, but real for any low-field electron-analogue experiment, long injection path, or fringe-field beamline - measure the local vector rather than assuming.
-
Resolve individual turns with a thin radial wire probe: a 0.020-in. tantalum wire scanned from 1.2 to 11.5 in. on the ORNL 22-inch showed distinct current maxima for orbits 1 through 12, spaced 5/8 in. for inner orbits at high dee voltage, the resolvable-orbit count being set (in that machine) by the dee potential.
uniform-field, centered-orbit estimate: dr per turn ~ r*(dE/E)/2, corrected by 1/(1+(r/B)dB/dr) with a field map; general form dr = dE/(dE/dr)Source quote & editorial note
The data show individual orbital positions from the first orbit up to the twelfth, the upper limit being determined by the potential on the dees.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A candidate measurement for the reference machine - measured turn spacing plus the field map gives effective energy gain per turn, which would anchor its uncalibrated ~1.3 kV dee voltage (via gap count, synchronous phase and transit-time factors, not directly). First check feasibility: at ~1.3 kV the inner-turn spacing may be smaller than the existing probe wire - compute dr against probe width before promising resolution. Fig. 12 (PDF p.41) shows the 22-inch doing this at 9.2-12 kV dee-to-dee.
-
One machine, two energies by mechanical reconfiguration: on the ORNL 44-inch, shifting the position of the dees and target selects a working radius of 11 in. or 20 in., while the ion source position remains unchanged and the beam orbits remain centered; the spacer dimension (14.5 in.) and the 1.5/4.9-MeV proton energies are reported in the companion specifications (ORNL-1670 and the ORNL-1663 spec table, dg-947).
fixed B and f; target radius 11 or 20 in. -> 1.5 or 4.9 MeV (E ~ r^2)Source quote & editorial note
a choice of radius, 11 in. or 20 in., is thus obtained by shifting the position of the dees and target. In either case the ion source position remains unchanged and the beam orbits remain centered
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Variable energy WITHOUT retuning B or rf - E ~ r^2 at fixed field and frequency - by repositioning the dee assembly AND target together as ORNL did; a target-only intercept at reduced radius is a simpler tabletop variant (an extrapolation, not ORNL's method), and either way the delivered energy is verified from the mapped field and measured target radius, not assumed calibrated.
-
Retire beam-dynamics risk deliberately: ORNL PLANNED an electron-model accelerator 'to be used in assessing the importance of imperfection resonances and the feasibility of their penetration' before committing to the 1-BeV proton machine - the plan is what the quote records.
Source quote & editorial note
Plans are being made for an electron-model accelerator to be used in assessing the importance of imperfection resonances and the feasibility of their penetration.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A historical instance of risk-ordered development: when the open question is orbit dynamics, a cheap electron model is one way to attack it before proton iron is bought - scaled properly (dg-892's rigidity caveat). The tabletop program's equivalent instruments are the tracker and measured field maps.
-
Architect an external beamline as condenser -> shielded slit -> analyzer: the cyclotron's apparent source is too fuzzy to analyze directly, so first focus as much beam as possible onto a precision slit, then use that slit as the sharply defined object for the analyzing magnet.
Source quote & editorial note
in order to produce a suitable object for the analyzing magnet, we introduce a second magnet whose sole function is to focus as much of the beam as possible on a precision slit.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: DIRECT for any ANALYZED external line on a next machine - the canonical two-stage architecture: a condenser focuses as much beam as possible onto a precision slit, and that illuminated slit becomes the analyzer's cleanly defined object. Lines that only transport or irradiate skip the apparatus; the slit's shielding is the companion rule (dg-966).
-
Put the beam-defining slit inside the shield wall, because the fraction of beam intercepted by the slit system is itself a strong radiation source; put the condenser as close to the beam exit port as fringe fields allow (minimizes horizontal spread), and give the analyzer a long image distance to reduce angular spread at the image.
Source quote & editorial note
A considerable amount of undesirable radiation will be produced by that part of the beam intercepted by the slit system. ... it is also desirable that the analyzer image distance be large, in order to reduce the angular spread of the beam at the image point. ... [placing the condenser farther from] the cyclotron port ... required larger condenser pole pieces in order to accommodate the horizontally spreading beam.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: DIRECT and cheap to honor at layout time, nearly impossible later: treat every defining aperture as a place where beam power - and therefore radiation - concentrates. At 150-170 keV the intercepted beam makes mostly heat plus thick-target bremsstrahlung whose X-ray yield climbs steeply with voltage, so the slit belongs with the shielded, surveyed components, wherever the survey ranks it that day.
Cited in: Shielding a Small Cyclotron
-
Prefer a strong-focusing quadrupole pair over a sector magnet for the condenser role: the study's comparison gave at least tenfold less weight and power (the quoted factor), a straight-pipe vacuum, and - because the beam is undeflected - field and lens tunability without geometry changes; the as-built pairing was 355 lb of doublet against an estimated 3 tons of sector magnet (p.32).
Source quote & editorial note
the weight and power requirements would each be less than the corresponding sector-magnet requirements by at least a factor of ten.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: DIRECT - the as-built comparison (p.32) was 355 lb for the doublet pair vs an estimated 3 tons for a sector condenser. At a next machine's rigidity (~7x lower than Rochester's 4e5 G-cm) a doublet becomes a benchtop object; the no-deflection tunability argument is the one to remember when laying out the line.
-
Treat the cyclotron as an astigmatic source when designing external optics: the effective vertical-plane point source does not coincide with the horizontal one (vertical object distance greater), the angular spread is greater in the horizontal plane, so the cited design made the first lens convergent horizontally and required the common image to be real and beyond the magnets.
Source quote & editorial note
the effective 'point' source in the vertical plane does not coincide with that in the horizontal plane and is such that the vertical-plane object distance V is greater. ... The second is simply that the common image be real and beyond the magnets themselves. ... Since it is known that the angular spread is greater in the horizontal than in the vertical plane, we make the first lens convergent in the horizontal plane.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: DIRECT design input for next-machine transport modeling: fit separate horizontal/vertical source points and divergences from measured beam profiles (or a quadrupole scan) rather than assuming a stigmatic waist at the extraction channel - then let the measured two-plane phase space, not the historical ordering, choose the first quad's polarity.
-
Size quadrupole aperture from the measured extracted-beam envelope with explicit margins - the report's arithmetic: the measured beam box gave semi-axis a = 3 cm, they applied 'an extra factor of safety' and took c = 1.5, hence poles at xy = +/-2.25 cm^2.
hyperbolic poles xy = +/-c^2; an inscribed ellipse of semi-axes A, B is tangent when c^2 = A*B/2; the report: a = 3, c = 1.5 -> xy = +/-2.25 cm^2Source quote & editorial note
With this as a guide we apply an extra factor of safety and take a = 3, c = 1.5, hence the magnet poles are given by xy = +/- 2.25 cm^2
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: DIRECT method, not numbers: measure the real beam first, then stack explicit margins on the way to the pole constant. A next machine's envelope comes from its own extraction simulation or measurement; margin-then-round-up is what prevents discovering an undersized bore after the coils are wound.
-
Use effective (not physical) magnetic length for quadrupole optics: measurements on these magnets showed effective length up to ~20% greater than physical - their design treated 18.1 cm physical as 20 cm effective, a 10% correction.
l_eff ~ up to 1.2 x l_phys for these small-bore quads; all lens equations use l_effSource quote & editorial note
Measurements have shown that the effective length of the magnets is as much as 20% greater than the physical length.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: DIRECT: for short quads the fringe extension is a first-order effect, not a correction - and it scales with aperture, which is why short, fat quads see the largest effect. Get l_eff per magnet from the FEMM/tracker pipeline; ignoring it produces significant focal errors.
-
Keep analyzing-magnet field below the onset of pole-edge saturation (here ~8 kG for a 4 cm gap C-magnet): above it the field grows less uniform near the pole boundaries, which is exactly where a wedge analyzer's focusing happens. This sets a minimum bend radius for the top energy (rho >= 47 cm for 7 MeV protons, B-rho = 3.8e5 G-cm).
rho_min = B_rho(E_max) / B_max(uniformity-limited); their case: ~3.83e5 G-cm at 7 MeV over 8 kG -> rho ~ 48 cmSource quote & editorial note
For fields above about 8 kilogauss, saturation effects begin to set in, and the field becomes less uniform near the pole boundaries.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: DIRECT sizing rule with scale caveat: the 8 kG threshold is geometry- and steel-specific, but the logic (uniformity budget, not raw B_sat, sets the working field; bend radius follows) applies to any analyzer dipole on a next machine. At ~170 keV protons rho is a few cm even at modest fields - the analyzer becomes a bench magnet.
-
Correct wedge-magnet geometry for fringe field by shifting the effective pole boundary outward: the report adds an empirical 0.4*G term (its Eq. III-23 form, with the csc factors for the entrance/exit angles) to the pole-face spacing relation.
D = X + (sin(Omega)/sin(gamma2))*Y1 + 0.4*G*(csc(gamma1)+csc(gamma2)) (Eq. III-23); symmetric case eps1 = eps2 collinear bisectorsSource quote & editorial note
The effect of the fringe field is to shift the effective pole boundary outward, and this is taken into account empirically by adding to the right-hand side of III-20(b) a term 0.4 G
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: For a next machine's analyzer designed in FEMM, the sanity check is the concept, not the constant: compute the effective field boundary from the longitudinal field integral of the simulated fringe and compare against the steel edge - an offset of very roughly half a gap is the expected order. Do not equate the 0.4G term with a tracking code's FINT parameter (FINT conventions carry fringe focusing integrals, a different quantity).
-
Match model order to input-data quality: Rochester declined to base the magnet design on second-order calculations because the fringe-field corrections were 'not sufficiently precise to warrant' it - the quoted judgment; the wedge-design context and the clearance check they did run are the report's detail (scan re-read queued).
Source quote & editorial note
the methods for correcting for the fringe fields effects ... are not sufficiently precise to warrant basing the magnet design on the second-order calculations.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: DIRECT design-philosophy rule for the whole next-machine campaign - match model order to input-data quality. Also note the companion check they DID run (pp.49-50), that the bent beam clears the back of the magnet with ~5 cm margin for the full 6 cm beam - a 30-second calculation that catches a catastrophic layout error.
-
Test a magnetic line before beam with the floating current-carrying-wire technique - the standard check the report applied to its wedge analyzer (a taut wire carrying current I follows the trajectory of a particle with B-rho = T/I, given known tension and controlled sag); the commissioning details it credits the method with catching are report-attributed (scan re-read queued).
Source quote & editorial note
The operation of the wedge analyzer has been checked using the standard current carrying wire technique.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The wire method is a superb zero-beam measurement of magnet optics for a teaching lab or a first analyzer - state tension, sag and field-orientation assumptions when using B-rho = T/I. Budget alignment and tuning provisions into any multi-element line as a design habit; the cited line's transmission and energy-spread figures await the re-read before serving as benchmarks.
-
A conventional cyclotron usually needs no beam sweeper for pulsed work - the source's point: the beam is already naturally bunched into RF-phase packets, so timing structure comes built in, unlike a Van de Graaff's DC beam, which must be swept or bunched.
Source quote & editorial note
the problem of obtaining a pulsed beam usually does not arise, because the beam of a conventional cyclotron is already naturally bunched.
Fulbright et al., A Fast Neutron Time of Flight System for Use with Cyclotrons — NYO-9360 (1962) — p. 6
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: DIRECT and foundational for the experiment catalog: the reference machine at 9 MHz delivers phase-bunched beam at the RF period - a measurable, teachable property and the enabling fact for gated counting. 'Usually' is operative: time-of-flight at fine resolution, or experiments needing low repetition rate, can still require pulse selection or extra bunching - check bunch width and period against the experiment's timing demands.
-
When slow neutrons from one burst can be overtaken by fast neutrons from the next (frame overlap), cut the beam-pulse rate by electrostatically deflecting bunches at a subharmonic of the machine RF - ~3 Mc effective rate virtually eliminated the source's problem. Prefer odd division ratios: at even ratios bunches pass at both zero crossings of the deflection voltage, changing the effective scaling (1:6 passes every third bunch, not every sixth).
f_scaled = f_cyc/3 typical (3.3-5 Mc from 10-15 Mc); even subharmonic 1:2k passes bunches at both voltage zerosSource quote & editorial note
In our case reducing the frequency of beam pulses to about 3 mc can virtually eliminate the problem.
Fulbright et al., A Fast Neutron Time of Flight System for Use with Cyclotrons — NYO-9360 (1962) — p. 16
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Check overlap arithmetically for the actual spectrum and flight path - t[ns] ~ 72.3*L[m]/sqrt(E[MeV]), so even an all-sub-MeV spectrum overlaps at a 10 MHz rate over a 1 m path, and D-D work adds multi-MeV neutrons on a sub-MeV machine. The subharmonic plate pair is a genuinely cheap cyclotron chopper for periodic bunch rejection and duty-cycle control - single-bunch selection needs a gating scheme beyond a sinusoidal drive - and the odd/even zero-crossing subtlety is real circuit physics worth teaching.
-
Model cyclotron acceleration as kick-plus-coast: an impulsive energy change at each gap azimuth followed by coasting on the static field map to the next gap - the source's validated approximation for its studied configuration; the kick is phase-dependent: dE = q*V_peak*T(phi,E)*cos(phi) (T the transit-time factor), or exactly q*INT(E.dl) at the crossing phase.
per crossing: dE = q*V_peak*T*cos(phi) (NOT an unconditional q*V_gap); r, p_r unchanged at a thin radial-gap kick; coast on the static map between gapsSource quote & editorial note
the acceleration can be considered to good approximation as being a simple impulsive change in the energy of the particle at the azimuth of the accelerating gap
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The core architecture for CYCLOPS-lite - thin-gap kicks alternating with magnetic coasting maps - with phase carried as a dynamical variable from the first line of code; MSUCP-12's analytic gap field upgrades the kick to a distributed one when transit time matters, and a comparison against distributed-gap tracking on the actual geometry is the validation step, not the 1961 result alone.
-
Build the orbit toolchain as two codes sharing one field representation: a closed-orbit finder using a linear transfer-matrix procedure, and a general tracker with median-plane-exact equations of motion, acceleration switchable on or off, the field supplied as tables of Fourier coefficients versus radius.
B(r,theta) = B0(r) + sum_j [H_3j(r) cos(3j*theta) + G_3j(r) sin(3j*theta)] - the 3j-only form is the source's perfect-120-degree-symmetry special case; a real as-built field needs the full integer-harmonic seriesSource quote & editorial note
The Fixed Point Code locates closed orbits by means of a highly effective linear transfer matrix procedure, the General Orbit Code tracks arbitrary orbits as desired either with or without acceleration effects. For both routines the magnetic field is described by tables of Fourier coefficients as functions of radius; each uses equations of motion which are exact in the median plane.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: This is the CYCLOPS architecture in embryo (the lineage the planned "CYCLOPS-lite" copies); a next machine's tracker should likewise separate the equilibrium-orbit /tune solver from the general tracker, sharing one Fourier-vs-radius field representation fed by FEMM.
-
To map the phase-space topology at an energy, locate the unstable fixed points first, then launch orbits displaced slightly from them - along the transfer-matrix eigenvector directions - and integrate both forward AND backward in time: the trajectories trace the stable and unstable manifolds (separatrices where the map is near-integrable), far cheaper than blanketing the plane with orbits.
Source quote & editorial note
the general orbit code is employed to trace forward and backward in time orbits with initial conditions displaced slightly from the unstable fixed points.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Directly reusable in a Python tracker (a symplectic or invertible integrator makes the backward branch trustworthy); the efficient way to draw the r-pr stability picture near resonances - cross-check with a scatter of ordinary orbits where the manifolds tangle, since in a nonintegrable map they can intersect and form stochastic layers rather than clean boundaries.
-
Median-plane-dominant tracking is a justified economy in the source's context: the small axial beam space holds surviving particles where the field's z-dependence is quite linear - so linearized vertical dynamics suffice, and the source spot-checked with off-plane trial runs.
Source quote & editorial note
the small axial beam space in a cyclotron constrains the particles to move in a region where the z dependence of the field is quite linear.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Build the next machine's first tracker around (r, pr, E, phase) PLUS linearized (z, pz) from the outset - the aperture does not hold particles near the median plane, it deletes the ones that leave, so vertical tune, resonance crossings and the physical aperture decide transmission. Full-3D spot checks then benchmark the linear model over representative launches; a handful of them is the check on the linearization, not a license to omit z.
-
A first-harmonic (cos theta) field component of only ~1% radically reorganizes the phase plane of a cyclotron running near nu_r = 1 — the computational demonstration behind the traditional "great respect" for first-harmonic errors in cyclotron design lore.
bump B1(r)*cos(theta + 2.8 deg), peak B1 = 139 G on 13.6 kG base (~1%), radial profile per bump-coil geometry (Table II)Source quote & editorial note
The powerful effect of a cos 0 field component in a cyclotron ... is clearly evidenced by the large changes in the phase plot which result when the small 1% bump is added.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Cuts both ways near nu_r = 1: the demonstration is why first-harmonic errors get 'great respect' - so Fourier-analyze the candidate field map and track the measured B1(r) through the local tune to learn what YOUR machine's shim asymmetries cost; and a deliberate bump coil is a powerful orbit-steering experiment once its ampere-turns are sized from that same analysis, not assumed few-turn-cheap.
-
In this first-harmonic, nu_r-near-1 regenerative-extraction model, extraction works by making the stable centre of phase space jump: the field bump causes the equilibrium orbit and an unstable fixed point to merge and vanish as energy rises, so the surviving stable point is elsewhere - the beam suddenly finds itself executing a large-amplitude coherent radial oscillation, which is what increases the extraction step. [Corrected 2026-08-23: earlier text said that amplitude 'is the turn separation'. The step at the septum also depends on betatron phase, the energy gain per turn, the separatrix geometry, septum azimuth and tune; compute it with a tracker.]
Source quote & editorial note
introduction of the field bump has caused a discontinuous jump in the location of the central stable orbit in the phase diagram
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The conceptual mechanism to have in hand before a regenerative extraction attempt on a next machine: it needs nu_r to pass unity with a controlled first harmonic, both of which a FEMM-fed tracker can compute for a candidate pole design. It is one extraction method - electrostatic deflection, stripping, or simply large natural turn separation do not require crossing nu_r = 1. [Note revised 2026-08-23: earlier wording read as if this were prerequisite to any extraction.]
-
State the beam-optics acceptance criterion in phase-space language: performance is good if a beam-sized ellipse remains an ellipse through the system - stretching and rotation are acceptable (downstream lenses accommodate them, within their aperture), twisting and filamentation are not: they dilute the coarse-grained (projected) emittance in a way no simple lens undoes.
Source quote & editorial note
stretching and rotation are fine but not twisting, filamentation, etc.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The right figure of merit for any next machine's beamline or extraction simulation - track a grid of particles and judge the deformed shape, not just the centroid. Five to two dozen particles sufficed in 1961 for the smooth cases; check convergence by refining the grid where the map is nonlinear, since a sparse grid can miss filamentation entirely.
-
Distortion bookkeeping: motion of the beam spot driven by flow-rate gradients on a fixed static plot (the "static effect") stretches, bends, shears, and filaments the beam; motion driven by the plot itself shifting with energy (the "acceleration effect") moves the beam without deforming it. Design rule: program the turns to avoid flow-gradient regions — especially near unstable fixed points.
Source quote & editorial note
The essential design requirement of such a system is a turn program which avoids regions of large flow rate gradient in the static phase space.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The doctrine transfers to schemes where a static phase-plot analysis applies: superimpose the accelerated beam path on static phase plots (cheap tracker post-processing), identify the large-flow-gradient regions - especially near unstable fixed points - and compare candidate turn programs by accelerated tracking. Crossing faster reduces exposure to a bad region but can excite other resonances non-adiabatically, so test, don't assume.
-
Energy gain per turn strongly conditions resonant extraction quality: the report concludes that volts-per-turn substantially below the designed 280 keV/turn 'would result in sharp reduction of both extraction efficiency and optical quality' (its comparative runs at half (140), design (280), and double (560) kV per turn found the high-voltage case notably well behaved) [2026-08-28: the queued scan re-read was delivered upstream; the placeholder is replaced with the report's comparative values.]
turn separation achieved: 0.006 cyc units between the 14th and 15th turns (hand-corrected figures) for a 0.002 cyc-unit beam at 280 kV/turnSource quote & editorial note
volts per turn substantially lower than the designed 280 kev/turn would result in sharp reduction of both extraction efficiency and optical quality.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The quantitative ancestor of 'dee volts buy extraction': the reference machine's uncalibrated ~1.3 kV dee is one reason it is internal-beam-only, and a next machine's 5-13 kV target is what would make an extraction scheme thinkable - thinkable, not feasible, until the turn separation (delta_r ~ r*delta_E/2E), phase width, septum clearance, tune and bump design are actually computed.
-
Simplify the accelerating waveform first, validate later: square-wave energy gain was used deliberately to decouple (E,t) from (r,pr) phase space; a closing check with sinusoidal voltage shifted the final beam position but left distortion essentially unchanged, adding only ~30 keV spread across a beam-sized area from differential phase slip.
sinusoidal check after 8 turns: 62 keV total spread over 5 tracked particles (~30 keV across a beam-sized subarea), 55 deg mean phase driftSource quote & editorial note
The sinusoidal voltage, it is seen, shifts the final position of the beam spot but has almost no effect on the distortion.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A permission slip for CYCLOPS-lite staging — start with constant energy gain per gap to get the radial dynamics right, then add cos(phi) gain and phase slip as a second-stage refinement, checking that conclusions survive.
-
Validate the tracker against hand analytics at every opportunity: the gap-crossing-resonance amplitude (generated because each energy kick shifts the applicable equilibrium orbit while r, pr stay fixed) was computed by hand from tabulated orbit separations and linear mappings, and reproduced the tracked grid's amplitude and phase. Field asymmetry can spoil the ideal first-order cancellation of the two gap kicks - compute and vector-sum the two excitations using the actual half-turn maps, gap voltages, RF phases, geometry and closed orbit. [Corrected 2026-08-23: earlier text said this happens 'only' then; symmetric iron is necessary for cancellation, not sufficient - equal gap voltages and phases, symmetric gap geometry and a centred orbit are also required.]
amplitude generated per crossing = -(shift of E.O. between E and E+dE); example chain 0.00126 at 138 deg -> 0.00161 at 28 deg over one turn (Table III)Source quote & editorial note
the result is seen to fairly accurately predict the actual amplitude and 0 of this point of the grid
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Two lessons - build point analytic cross-checks into a next machine's tracker test suite (transfer-matrix estimates against tracked orbits), and note that in the idealised 180-degree-symmetric two-dee case this particular excitation cancels to first order; check the real machine with its measured field, RF balance and gap geometry rather than assuming it. [Note revised 2026-08-23: earlier note called the physics 'benign' for a symmetric tabletop field.]
-
A closed-form, size-independent solution exists for the cyclotron dee-gap field (Schwarz-Christoffel, per Murray & Ratner 1953 with corrections): for zero-thickness semi-infinite plate pairs at y = +/-h, tips at x = +/-k, potentials -/+V0, the median-plane field and potential are two-line formulas once one transcendental equation is solved. Geometry caution: k is the HALF-gap and h the HALF-aperture (plate tips map exactly to x = +/-k; re-derived from eq. 1 during extraction — the Fig. 1 scan invites misreading the full gap as k).
median plane (eqs. 6-8): E_x(x,0) = (V0/h)*sech(X1)/(1 + alpha*sech^2(X1)); V(x,0) = sign(x)*(2*V0/pi)*arccos(sech(X1)); with X = pi*x/(2h) = X1 + alpha*tanh(X1); alpha = (1-a^2)/a^2; a from (pi/2)*(k/h) = arccosh(1/a) + sqrt(1-a^2)/a^2. E_y = 0 on the median plane; E_x even, V odd in x. (Report writes E = +dV/dx — fix sign on implementation.)Source quote & editorial note
This paper presents in summary formulas for the computation of electric fields and potentials of an idealized cyclotron dee geometry.
Beal, Computation of Electric Field and Potential of an Idealized Dee Geometry — MSUCP-12 (1961) — p. 6
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: TRACKER SEED (flagged): this is directly implementable as the gap-field model in the tiny and the next machine's Python trackers — roughly ten lines plus a Newton solve — replacing or validating FEMM electrostatic maps. Identify 2h with the dee aperture, 2k with the dee-to-dummy-dee gap, 2V0 with the full dee-to-dummy-dee voltage (a grounded dummy dee is the same solution shifted by a constant, V0 = V_dee/2).
-
The same solution gives the full off-median-plane E field — the ingredient needed for electric (gap) focusing models: E_x and E_y anywhere in the aperture follow from two coupled transcendental equations in (X1, Y1). Beal tabulated only the median plane, but eqs. 1-5 contain the whole 2-D field.
physical convention (E = -grad V): E_x = -(V0/h)*Xv/(Xv^2+Xu^2); E_y = -(V0/h)*Xu/(Xv^2+Xu^2) with the report's Xv, Xu, F as tabulated (the report prints the positive-gradient convention - flip the sign before tracking); potential v = arccos(cos(Y1)/F) needs the antisymmetric branch for x < 0 (plain arccos returns the same value both sides); verify an implementation against finite differences of VSource quote & editorial note
Therefore, equations 2 and 4 coupled with equations 3 and 5 can be used to determine the electric field and potential at a point X, Y of the dee region.
Beal, Computation of Electric Field and Potential of an Idealized Dee Geometry — MSUCP-12 (1961) — p. 5
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: E_y(x,y) is what a tracker needs for the Rose/Wilson electric gap-focusing term - available analytically at any point, no field map required. Whether that term dominates first-turn axial stability on a sub-kV machine is for the axial-stability calculation to say; implement, verify against finite differences, and let the tracking decide.
-
The peak accelerating field at the gap center - the median-plane centerline value in this idealized geometry - saturates at V0/h, set by the APERTURE, not the gap: E(0) = (V0/h)/(1+alpha) = 0.994, 0.948, 0.870, 0.654, 0.489, 0.378, 0.306, 0.253, 0.216 times V0/h for k/h = 0.1 through 3.5. Narrowing the gap below the aperture height buys almost nothing.
E(0) = (V0/h)/(1+alpha), exact from eq. 6; k->0 limit E_x = (V0/h)*sech(pi*x/(2h))Source quote & editorial note
Table 1. k/h = 0.1: at x/h = 0, E/(V0/h) = 0.99388 [values verified against page image]
Beal, Computation of Electric Field and Potential of an Idealized Dee Geometry — MSUCP-12 (1961) — p. 11
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Sets the ceiling on CENTERLINE gap field for a dee redesign: with a 1-inch aperture (h = 0.5 in) and 2.5 kV dee-to-dummy, the median-plane peak cannot exceed ~2 kV/cm however tight the gap. Two cautions: local surface fields at electrode edges run above the centerline value - breakdown cares about those (dg-353) - and widening the aperture trades centerline field for beam height by the table's factors, not one-for-one at every k/h.
-
The gap field leaks far under the dees: E falls to half its central value only near x/h ~ 0.85 (narrow gap) and the potential reaches 90% of V0 only around x/h ~ 2, so the effective accelerating gap is on the order of the full aperture 2h, not the physical gap 2k. Hard-edge gap models mis-time the kick and miss the field a particle still feels one aperture-height into the dee.
narrow-gap half-width x(E = Emax/2) = (2h/pi)*arccosh(2) = 0.838*h; V/V0 = 0.90 near x/h ~ 1.6 for k/h = 0.1 (analytic narrow-gap limit; the table's 0.73760 at x/h = 1.0 and 0.94468 at 2.0 bracket it), moving toward ~2.6 by k/h = 1.5Source quote & editorial note
Table 1, k/h = 0.1: V/V0 = 0.73760 at x/h = 1.0, 0.94468 at 2.0 [verified against page image]
Beal, Computation of Electric Field and Potential of an Idealized Dee Geometry — MSUCP-12 (1961) — p. 11
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Transit-time factors and gap-crossing phase errors must be computed on this extended profile - and whether a delta-kick model is adequate is the transit parameter's call: evaluate omega*L_eff/v for the actual first-turn velocities and the ~2h-long field region, and let that number, not a blanket assumption, decide when the distributed kick is needed.
-
Shape sector iron by formula-guided empirical iteration, not a priori specification: pick "reasonable" <B>(r) choices, observe the flutter F(r) that results, and test the combination against tune formulae rather than demanding the iron fit pre-selected profiles exactly.
iterate {<B>(r), F(r), tan(spiral)} -> Smith-Garren vz^2, vr -> accept/reject; do not fix profiles a prioriSource quote & editorial note
The process is a trial and error search, with general guidelines and test criteria for success.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Directly transferable design-process pattern for any pole or shim work on a next machine: let FEMM play the role of the Nevis model magnets, with analytic tune formulae as the accept/reject criteria - within FEMM's 2-D limits (azimuthal structure needs a 3-D model or the measured map; the playbook's tracker closes that loop). The final accept/reject is the measured field, exactly as it was at Nevis.
-
Evaluate axial and radial tunes first with analytic formulae (Smith-Garren), then verify at critical places — especially large radius where derivative terms grow — by exact orbit-integration computer solutions.
analytic vz,vr everywhere; exact orbit codes at critical radii (large r, extraction)Source quote & editorial note
first evaluated using the Smith-Garren formula, checked at critical places, especially at larger r, by exact orbit motion computer solutions.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Exactly the field-solver-plus-orbit-tracker pipeline an amateur design can run. The Nevis precedent: spend the expensive tracking where the cheap formulae are least trustworthy - large radius and the extraction region on their machine - and anywhere else the smooth approximation visibly strains.
-
Harvest resonance lines to avoid from other machines' documented beam-loss experience: Nevis, alerted by ORNL's observed losses in ORIC, designed its tune trajectory to avoid specific coupling lines - the report names them (scan re-read queued for the identifications).
keep (vr,vz) trajectory clear of (3vr-vz)=3 and (vr+3vz)=2 (plus the standard low-order lines)Source quote & editorial note
alerted by the ORNL studies of observed beam loss in the ORIC cyclotron to try to avoid
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Method transfers directly — a tune plot should carry resonance lines sourced from operating-experience literature, not just textbook theory; a weak-focusing tabletop crosses fewer lines but the audit habit is the point.
-
Adiabatic RF manipulation at the Nevis parking point: with the beam parked where df/dt ~ 0, a slow linear reduction of RF amplitude spreads the phase angle near-adiabatically - DEbunching the beam: phase width grows while energy-oscillation amplitude shrinks (the duration and the ~3x figure are the report's numbers - re-read queued).
slow linear V_RF turn-off at df/dt ~ 0 "parking frequency" -> ~3x reduction in phase-oscillation dESource quote & editorial note
a slow linear reduction (turn off) of the RF amplitude there will result in a near adiabatic spreading out of the phase angle
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Swept-frequency machinery, not fixed-frequency CW territory - the design space it illustrates (adiabatic capture, slow parameter ramps judged against the phase-oscillation period, not a fixed microsecond count) belongs to any future synchro- or synchrotron-class RF program.
-
One documented beam-induced failure mode is mechanical (Ramsay): the beam spot thickens, the film tightens, radial stress lines develop, and the foil tears across the thickened spot - breaking, to the author's own surprise, at its thickest part.
Source quote & editorial note
It has always bothered me that a film should ever break at its thickest port [sic]; (Ramsay, "Alternatives to Thin Film Carbon Foils")
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: When a thin internal target or probe foil dies, read the wreckage before assigning the cause: the radial-crease/thickened-spot signature points to Ramsay's stress mechanism, while melting, sputtering, charging marks or a failed frame each tell a different story - the mechanisms coexist and beam conditions pick the winner.
-
Carbon foil breakage under ion beams tracked TOTAL integrated fluence in the cited study (Livingston, Berry & Thomas): over their tested species, energies and 2-22 ug/cm2 thickness range, breakage time depended on the total number of bombarding ions, following tau(p-uA-min/mm2) ~ A*E^1.15 with A per species (their fit).
cited fit: tau(p-uA-min/mm2) = A*E^1.15 (MeV/amu); A ~20 (Ar), ~60 (N), ~5 (Ni, Br); thickness-independent over their 2-22 ug/cm2 testsSource quote & editorial note
the foil breakage time is dependent on the total number of bombarding ions (Livingston, Berry & Thomas, "Thin Carbon Foil Breakage Times Under Ion Beam Bombardment"; reprint of NIM 148 (1978) 125)
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Plan foil replacement by integrated charge where the fluence law holds - and verify it holds: dose-rate heating, spot profile and mounting can break the current-independence outside the tested window. Thickness buys nothing in beam life WITHIN the cited range, so choose it from mechanics, handling and dispersion - not as a lifetime lever.
-
Size the target heat problem by straight beam-power arithmetic before any material choice: P(W) = particle rate x energy per particle. Folger (GSI) example: 3e11/s of 17.5 MeV/u 238-U carries ~208 W total; focused to ~0.2 cm^2 that is ~1 kW/cm^2 specific deposition.
P[W] = (dN/dt) * E[J]; specific load = P / spot areaSource quote & editorial note
If the beam is focused to an area of about 0.2 cm2, the resulting specific energy depositions amounts to 1 kW/cm2.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The reference machine at ~3 nA / ~150 keV deposits ~0.5 mW - no realistic solid target is troubled by half a milliwatt. Rerun the two-line arithmetic at every upgrade, using the energy LOST IN the target rather than incident beam power where targets are thin: a 10 uA / 1 MeV machine puts up to 10 W into a mm-scale spot, which is rotating-target or water-cooled-backing territory.
-
When resolution does not matter, diffuse the beam (Ford, ORNL/HHIRF): their class-1 experiments ran rolled 0.5-5 mg/cm2 targets at 0.5-5 electrical uA and deliberately spread the beam spot on the target to manage heating.
Source quote & editorial note
target heating can be a problem and efforts are made to diffuse the beam on the target.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Spot size is a powerful cooling knob - average flux is P/(pi*r^2), so doubling the radius quarters it - but use it inside a checked budget: compute beam power and allowable target temperature first, confirm the full swept or defocused beam still lands on target (not the holder), and treat active cooling, temperature monitoring and beam-trip protection as their own requirements rather than things defocus postpones.
-
A solid target in a stored (circulating) beam is thickness-capped by heating and thermal runaway: the IUCF Cooler design tolerated only ~1-1.5 ug/cm2 with the beam traversing the target ~1e6 times per second; proposed solid-target routes were grazing the beam edge and fiber/whisker substrates.
stored-beam bookkeeping: crossing rate = N_stored * f_rev, target current = q*N_stored*f_rev - this IS the circulating current (times intercepted fraction); the turn multiplier applies against stored inventory and injection rate, never a second time against circulating currentSource quote & editorial note
thermal runaway would occur and the stored beam would be lost.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Directly relevant to the synchrotron campaign, not the cyclotrons: compare target heating with the circulating current and intercepted fraction - a nanoamp of circulating current is a nanoamp at the target - and apply the traversal multiplier where it belongs, to how fast the stored inventory or injected charge is consumed.
-
Keep the magnet gap well under the orbit radius wherever the field must be shimmed to a prescribed shape: the source calls proper shimming impractical when gap length is 'much greater than one-half the radius' - a soft boundary, not a cliff at rho/2.
l_gap <= ~rho/2 for shimmable fieldSource quote & editorial note
The properties of a magnetic field in space make it impractical to obtain a properly shimmed field if the gap length is much greater than one-half the radius p.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: An 8-12 in. pole with a 1-2 in. gap sits far inside this limit, which is why small cyclotron shims work at all; the rule bites for any short-radius bending/analysis magnet where a generous gap is tempting for access.
-
Derive the allowable field gradient from the allowable bowing of the flux lines: for a current-free, symmetric gap with small deflection, a line bowing x over half-gap h obeys x = (h^2/2)(1/H)(dH/dx); Powell's worked case - 0.5 mm allowable bow, h = 125 mm - gives a maximum edge-ward gradient of 0.16 percent per inch.
x = (h^2/2) * (1/H) * (dH/dx); calutron limit 0.0016/inSource quote & editorial note
is the maximum allowable space rate of change of the magnetic field in a direction toward the edge of a gap.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The transferable move: translate a beam-geometry tolerance into a measurable dH/dx budget via the curl-free midplane relation - a quick LOCAL gradient check to run on a field map when flux-line bowing is the relevant tolerance. It is a calutron criterion, not a cyclotron field-quality spec: orbit, focusing, flutter and resonance checks still decide.
-
Turn beam-physics tolerances into go/no-go field acceptance tests before measuring: the calutron plant's integral criterion required measured and theoretical INTEGRAL h_z dx along the beam arc to agree within 3 cm of galvanometer deflection - field quality became a pass/fail reading, not a judgment call (the coil count, template gradients and mass-unit objective are the report's surrounding practice - scan re-read queued).
acceptance = |integral h_z dx (meas) - (theory)| < deflection criterion; gradient templates 0.2%/in and 0.1%/inSource quote & editorial note
it was necessary for the values of the quantity integral h_z dx, experimental and theoretical, to differ by less than 3 cm, in terms of galvanometer deflection.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The discipline transfers: derive numeric field-map acceptance bands from the orbit tolerance (phase-slip or centering budget) BEFORE surveying, so the survey ends in pass/fail per region. Use integral criteria where the beam observable demonstrably depends on the integral, and keep pointwise limits where local gradients, resonances or extraction physics bite - both kinds of band, each where it belongs.
-
Know the fixed-frequency niche boundary: a 60-inch pole at ~15 kG is "about the optimum dimensions in which deuterons may be accelerated profitably without resorting to frequency modulation" — beyond this scale relativistic phase slip forces FM/synchro operation. Below it, constant-frequency operation buys large beam currents.
Source quote & editorial note
A magnet of this size when used with detuerons, is about the optimum dimensions in which deuterons may be accelerated profitably without resorting to frequency modulation.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Any tabletop proton/deuteron machine sits far inside the fixed-frequency regime: phase slip there is dominated by field shaping and dee voltage, not relativity. Fix small-machine beam loss with shimming and volts-per-turn first (dg-273's summed-slip check), and reserve frequency modulation for the relativistic regime this rule bounds.
-
State the field-shape requirement as separable specs before shimming - the quoted pair: (1) in the median plane the radial variation must conform closely to a fairly well defined relation, and (2) inside the exit radius the field must be accurately symmetrical (which symmetry planes, and the shimming-campaign details, are the report's: scan re-read queued).
Source quote & editorial note
(1) in the median plane the variation of the intensity with radial distance must conform closely to a fairly well defined relation, and (2) inside the exit radius ... the field must be accurately symmetrical
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: DIRECT — the same decomposition (radial law, azimuthal symmetry, median-plane flatness) is how a tabletop field survey should be organized, each with its own instrument and its own fix.
-
Central spikes: a cone-topped cylinder at the magnet center (UW: 1.5-in radius, 1/4-in cylinder + 1/4-in cone) is designed 'to produce a sharp increase in the induction at the center of gap without producing a minimum anywhere in the radial dependence' - adopted after a University of California report of a beam-current increase from such spikes (the 'remarkable increase' phrasing is sighted in the scrambled scan; verbatim re-read queued); even undersized spikes were judged worth installing.
Source quote & editorial note
The function of the spikes is to produce a sharp increase in the induction at the center of gap without producing a minimum anywhere in the radial dependence.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A central field bump gives axial focusing in the first turns, where small machines lose most of their beam - and a machined center button is one of the cheapest beam-current experiments available. The no-minimum constraint is the careful part: model and map B(r), check the field index, isochronism cost, and RF/vacuum clearance before installing.
-
In a collected-current-versus-field scan, expect possible structure beyond the fundamental: the first cyclotron's scan showed a quarter-cycle peak, a third-harmonic peak of resonant ions, and a secondary-collision peak - as identified by its builders.
Source quote & editorial note
Peak A was a result of the quarter cycle effect, B was the third harmonic of resonant ions, C was caused by secondary collisions
Cressman, The Design and Construction of a Small Cyclotron — Houghton College thesis (2006) — p. 12
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: When sweeping for first beam, a peak is not proof of fundamental resonance: check its position against prediction, look for companions (one-third field would support a harmonic assignment - absence doesn't refute the fundamental, since harmonic visibility depends on capture and geometry), and use a retarding potential or energy-sensitive check where possible (dg-502's discipline).
-
Focusing performance datum from the second cyclotron (11-inch, 1932), as the thesis reports it: the electrode was 1 cm thick and the ion beam produced was less than 1 mm wide, attributed to the combined electric and magnetic focusing.
Source quote & editorial note
the electrode was 1 cm thick, and the ion beam produced was less than one mm wide
Cressman, The Design and Construction of a Small Cyclotron — Houghton College thesis (2006) — p. 26
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Passive fringe-field focusing compressed a working machine's beam to millimetre scale - encouraging, but don't divide the two numbers: the 1 cm is the electrode's THICKNESS, not necessarily the clear aperture, and the survey doesn't give the beam-width direction. Whether a centimetre-class dee aperture bottlenecks a new machine is an envelope/acceptance calculation, not this datum.
-
The thesis's computed fixed-frequency relativistic energy limits for deuterons in a uniform field (pi/2 total phase slip): 1.94 MeV at 1,000 V accelerating potential, 6.13 MeV at 10,000 V, 8.67 MeV at 20,000 V - and the thesis itself notes field shaping mitigates relativity beyond voltage alone, putting the practical proton limit for magnetic resonators nearer 25 MeV.
phase-slip criterion 2*pi*(f - f_rel)*t = pi/2 with the thesis's conventions. Caution: a straightforward re-derivation (energy gain 2qVf per unit time, f_rel ~ f(1-T/m0c^2)) gives ~0.97/3.06/4.33 MeV - half the tabulated values - so the thesis's V convention (dee amplitude vs gap gain) is load-bearing and unstated; reproduce its numbers only with its Eq. (19), not from this sketch.Source quote & editorial note
For a deuteron in an accelerating potential of 1,000 volts, the energy limit is 1.94 MeV, for an accelerating potential of 10,000 volts, the limit is 6.13 MeV, and for an accelerating potential of 20,000 volts, the limit is 8.67 MeV. ... the effects of relativity can be countered by more than just increasing the electrode voltage, it can also be mitigated by adjusting the shape and strength of the magnetic field. The actual relativistic limit for magnetic resonators accelerating protons is closer to 25 MeV.
Cressman, The Design and Construction of a Small Cyclotron — Houghton College thesis (2006) — p. 28
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: For sub-MeV machines relativity is far from limiting even at 1 kV dees on any convention - both the thesis's numbers and the halved re-derivation agree on that. If energies ever approach the MeV scale, dee voltage and field shaping are BOTH levers, per the thesis's own remark.
-
Field-index sizing guidance adopted in the thesis: large accelerators want only a small radial field decrease to preserve resonance over many turns, while for smaller machines 'a larger increase index is more appropriate, to provide stronger focusing'.
n = -(r/Bz)*(dBz/dr)Source quote & editorial note
for smaller machines a larger increase index is more appropriate, to provide stronger focusing
Cressman, The Design and Construction of a Small Cyclotron — Houghton College thesis (2006) — p. 24
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Budget the resonance-versus-focusing trade against the planned turn count quantitatively: integrate phase slip through the proposed B(r) for your turn count rather than assuming percent-level falloff stays cheap, and keep the index inside the weak-focusing stability window (0 < n < 1) everywhere the beam runs.
-
Measured field-index profile of an unshimmed 15.2 cm laboratory magnet at a 3.9 cm gap, n near zero from the center out to roughly 6 cm radius (manufacturer data over 0.5 to 5 cm gives nearly constant zero) rising to almost 3.5 in the fringe field near the 7.62 cm pole edge; the planned fix is reshaping the field with ferromagnetic shims toward the desired linear increase.
n = -(r/Bz)*(dBz/dr)Source quote & editorial note
It ranges from zero in the center of the magnet to almost 3.5 in the fringe field.
Cressman, The Design and Construction of a Small Cyclotron — Houghton College thesis (2006) — p. 38
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: This magnet's measured profile - n near zero over most of the radius, rising steeply in the fringe - is what motivates shimming or pole shaping on flat-pole stock generally: no vertical magnetic focusing where n=0, local radial defocusing where n>1. Whether a given profile actually loses the beam is an orbit/tune calculation, not a glance at the n curve - run it before cutting shims.
-
Practical relativistic ceiling as the thesis cites it: beyond raising electrode voltage, relativity can be countered by shaping the magnetic field, and 'the actual relativistic limit for magnetic resonators accelerating protons is closer to 25 MeV' - a historical (Rose-era) estimate for that machine class, not a universal constant.
Source quote & editorial note
The actual relativistic limit for magnetic resonators accelerating protons is closer to 25 MeV.
Cressman, The Design and Construction of a Small Cyclotron — Houghton College thesis (2006) — p. 28
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Contextualizes the phase-slip table (dg-1468): field shaping buys real headroom beyond the uniform-field estimate - how much depends on the field design, so don't carry a fixed multiplier. For any machine, calculate cumulative phase slip from the actual energy gain per turn and B(r) rather than trusting an energy-class exemption; slip can bite below 1 MeV when the gain per turn is small.
-
Beam-current spectra of a fixed-frequency machine show secondary peaks from ions circulating at one-third and one-fifth of the nominal velocity - odd-subharmonic acceleration - alongside the main species peaks; the COLUMBUS workshop analyses them deliberately.
Source quote & editorial note
the two-day workshop can also analyse other peaks e.g., the peaks that correspond with the third or fifth of the nominal velocity.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: When a field-sweep spectrum shows unexplained minor peaks, check near ONE-THIRD and ONE-FIFTH of the main peak's field (f_RF = h*f_c, so B_h = B_1/h for the same species - lower field, not higher) as the odd-harmonic hypothesis, alongside contaminant-species and instrument checks; a matching position is a candidate assignment, not proof (dg-502's discipline).
-
Preserve the pre-beam design snapshot as its own dated record. The 2013 conference table (design calculation, 2013) lists 140 mm dee diameter, 0.38 T flux density, 5.63 MHz, 2.0-3.0 kV between the dees, 6-8 revolutions, 24-48 keV expected final proton energy, and 1e-5 mbar chamber vacuum rising to 1e-4 mbar with hydrogen feed. Editorial observation: the 24-48 keV span tracks dee voltage times gap crossings under ideal synchronous gain (2-3 kV over 6-8 revolutions, two crossings each), the project's 2016 paper records that no beam operation was possible in 2013 and first beam came in April 2014 (so the table is pre-beam), and later published accounts of the same machine report operation well below these design values - the snapshot is the anchor for a documented design-versus-operating-point contrast.
Source quote & editorial note
Table 1: Technical Data — Diameter of the Dees 140 mm (5.5 in); Flux-density of the magnetic field 0.38 T; Vacuum in the chamber 10-5 mbar; dto with H2 10-4 mbar; Cyclotron frequency 5.63 MHz; Number of revolutions 6-8; Voltage between the dees 2.0 -3.0 kV; Final energy 24 - 48 keV … The expected final energies of the protons are 24 - 48 keV after 6 - 8 revolutions. These energies don't produce any radiation outside the chamber.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A conference paper's date fixes the claim, not the beam; when reusing published small-cyclotron parameters, check whether the paper predates first beam and label such values as design predictions rather than demonstrated performance.
-
In a machine of very few revolutions (ten or fewer), the source deliberately departs from the normal centred mounting: its position is adjustable in the direction of the accelerating gap so the ideal starting position of the first path can be found by experiment; in the reference design the source is therefore not fixed-mounted but stuck under the dummy-dee (design decision, 2013).
Source quote & editorial note
For the setup of the ion source, it is considered that the ion source remains adjustable in direction of the gap, so that the ideal position can be found by experiments. Normally the ion source is centred in the cyclotron. However, in our case – with our small cyclotron and such a small amount of revolutions (≤ 10) - it is better to optimize the starting position of the first path. Due to this fact the ion source will not be fixed mounted but it will be stuck under the dummy-dee instead
Frank, Wolf & Held, COLUMBUS — A Simple Ion Source — WEPPT021, Proceedings of Cyclotrons2013 (2013) — p. 1
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: With only a handful of turns there is no adiabatic settling; an adjustable source mount converts a machining guess about the first half-turn into a tunable parameter, and the optimum need not be the centred position.
-
Because ions leave a thermionic chimney source with very low energy, make the emission direction adjustable as well: a rotatable source-head lets the slit angle be optimized by experiment for better acceleration and to prevent the protons remaining in the gap between the dees (design decision, 2013, pre-beam).
Source quote & editorial note
the angle of emission shall be adjustable for a better acceleration and to prevent that the protons remain in the gap between the dees
Frank, Wolf & Held, COLUMBUS — A Simple Ion Source — WEPPT021, Proceedings of Cyclotrons2013 (2013) — p. 1
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A rotatable head is a cheap second degree of freedom on top of source position; both exist because low-energy ions do not forgive alignment errors in the first gap.
-
When simulating orbits in a classical cyclotron, model the acceleration gap with the in-plane Lorentz force (coupled x-y differential equations with uniform Bz and gap field Ey, including the magnetic deflection during the gap crossing) instead of the textbook straight-line gap approximation; the paper's stated purpose for the more realistic picture is to help adjust the machine and explore the initial orbits.
m*a = q*(E + v x B); x'' = omega_ZF*y'; y'' = (q/m)*Ey - omega_ZF*x'; Ey = E_hat*cos(omega_RF*t - phi)Source quote & editorial note
In contrast to the simpler common school model that approximates the tracks in the acceleration gap by straight tracks, the presented simulation considers the deflection of the ions by the magnetic field in the acceleration gap. So a more realistic picture of the paths can be drawn, which will help to adjust the cyclotron and explore the initial orbits of the ions in detail.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Whether in-gap deflection matters scales with gap width against local gyroradius; on a small machine whose gap is a large fraction of the first-turn radius it shapes the first turns, which is exactly where this machine tunes. A home-built orbit code should integrate the coupled equations in the gap rather than assume straight crossings.
-
Split the orbit computation into two piecewise regimes per half-turn — numerical integration of the coupled differential equations in the acceleration gap, then closed-form circular-arc equations inside the dee and dummy dee where no accelerating field exists — matching arc entry conditions from the gap-exit position and velocity.
x(t) = rho*cos(phi_in - omega_ZF*(t-t0)) + xM; y(t) = rho*sin(phi_in - omega_ZF*(t-t0)) + yM; phi_in = pi/2 + arctan(vy0/vx0); rho = sqrt(vx0^2 + vy0^2)/omega_ZF. Caution: the printed phi_in uses one-argument arctan, which loses the velocity quadrant and is singular at vx0 = 0 - source-internal limitation, do not copy; a quadrant-safe form (atan2 with consistent sign conventions) or a Cartesian closed-form arc avoids it.Source quote & editorial note
In the dee itself, or, in and behind the dummy dee there is no accelerating electric field so that the ion trajectories can be described by equations of a circle
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The hybrid analytic-arc-plus-numerical-gap scheme is far cheaper than brute-force stepping the whole orbit and keeps the accelerating-field-free segments (uniform B, no E) exact; it suits a laptop-class tracker for a small machine.
-
At very low energy a deliberately flat (flutter-free) cyclotron field paired with electrostatic axial focusing from a high RF harmonic is a viable architecture; the LBNL cyclotron mass spectrometer chose it over an azimuthally varying field because it is a simpler magnet configuration when the harmonic provides adequate focusing.
Source quote & editorial note
A flat field without flutter was selected since it is a simpler configuration for this very low energy and the high harmonic provides adequate electrostatic axial focussing
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: removing hills and valleys is viable at low energy only where the RF harmonic and dee geometry demonstrably supply the axial focusing the flutter no longer provides — the LBNL machine ran at harmonic 15 with electrostatic focusing doing that job. Verify axial stability by analysis or tracking before deleting flutter from a design; low energy alone does not guarantee it.
-
High mass resolution in a cyclotron mass spectrometer demands isochronous orbits, which in a flat-field design translates directly into an absolute field-flatness specification; the LBNL CMS required its 1 T midplane field uniform to about 2 parts in 1e4 to reach a mass resolution of 1800.
Source quote & editorial note
In this design H is 15 and the minimum number of orbits is 40, giving the required R = 1800 ... The magnetic field in the midplane is 1 T. For high mass resolution, the orbits need to be isochronous; a flat magnetic field uniform to about 2 parts in 104 must therefore be maintained
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: sets the scale of what field quality buys — the source pairs 2e-4 flatness with 40 turns at harmonic 15 to reach R = 1800. A machine running few turns on the fundamental tolerates far looser fields; derive the flatness budget from turn count, harmonic, and the allowed cumulative RF phase slip, not by copying this figure.
-
Field-flatness tolerance can be relaxed where the beam spends few turns: the LBNL CMS field fell outside its flatness range at 4-5 cm radius, where only the first 5 turns occur, and this was accepted because it contributes only a negligible amount of phase shift and axial defocusing.
Source quote & editorial note
The field is slightly outside this range at a 4-5 cm radius, where the first 5 turns occur, but this contributes only a negligible amount of phase shift and axial defocusing
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: weight the flatness budget by turns spent at each radius — phase error integrates per turn, so a small out-of-spec zone crossed in a few turns can be tolerable while the many-turn outer region must meet spec. Confirm by computing cumulative phase slip and axial focusing through the zone; few-turn regions are not automatically free (coherent errors and resonance proximity can still matter).
-
The source's stated approximation for cyclotron-mass-spectrometer resolution is R ≈ 3 n H, with n the number of in-phase turns before extraction and H the RF harmonic number — so resolution is bought with more turns or a higher harmonic, each carrying its cost elsewhere in the design (the source's center-region compromise, dg-1556).
R ~ 3 * n * H (n = turns before extraction, H = RF harmonic)Source quote & editorial note
a mass resolution of about 1800 is needed to separate 14 C from 13 CH. The resolution of a CMS is approximately: R ≈ 3 x n x H, where n is the number of turns that in-phase particles make in a synchronous field before extraction and H is the rf harmonic number
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: an estimating relation, not a law — the coefficient depends on the phase-slip criterion that defines an in-phase turn. Useful for order-of-magnitude estimates of how sharply a small machine discriminates species or off-resonance drive; derive the real number from a phase-history calculation for the actual field and RF program.
-
Sizing a small cyclotron is a compromise between center-region clearance and transit time: better clearance requires either a larger (costlier) magnet or a smaller injection radius, and a smaller injection radius worsens the transit time at high harmonics — so the design seeks a magnet just large enough that the injection radius still gives a good transit-time factor with good center-region transmission.
Source quote & editorial note
The overall size of the machine is dictated by the mass resolution needed, the turn separation needed to clear the center region, and the injection energy. Better center region clearance requires a larger magnet, which is more expensive, or it requires a smaller injection radius, making the transit time worse for high harmonics. So a compromise has to be made giving good transmission in the center region and a large enough injection radius to give a good transit time factor
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: on high-harmonic or low-voltage designs the center region can drive machine size alongside the final-orbit rigidity — check the transit-time factor at the first gap crossing before shrinking the injection radius to save magnet steel, and check that the extraction-radius rigidity still fits the pole.
-
Axial injection down the machine axis is very efficient at delivering external-source ions into the cyclotron midplane; the LBNL CMS used a spiral inflector — an electrostatic channel that twists as it guides ions down the axis and into the midplane — designed with a trajectory code including the actual spatial variation of the magnet field plus a midplane tracking code including electrostatic focusing effects.
Source quote & editorial note
Axial injection, in general, is very efficient in delivering the ions into the cyclotron midplane. We have designed a spiral inflector, an electrostatic channel which twists or "tilts" as it guides the ions down the axis of the machine and into the midplane ... This was accomplished using an ion trajectory program which takes into consideration the spatial variation of the magnetic fields in the cyclotron for the inflector design and a second trajectory program which calculates the cyclotron midplane trajectories, including electrostatic focusing effects
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Ignoring the real field map in the inflector region, or the electrostatic focusing in the first turns, breaks the emittance match even when the idealized design closes; both effects belong in the design loop from the start.
-
Design the extraction radius with margin over the minimum that meets the physics requirement: the LBNL CMS could reach its turn count with 1500 V per turn at an extraction radius of 9 cm or less, but was conservatively laid out for 12 cm extraction (50 keV) on a 15 cm pole face.
Source quote & editorial note
With modest energy gain per turn, 1500 V, it is possible to achieve this figure with an extraction radius of ≤ 9 cm. We have conservatively designed the instrument for an extraction radius of 12 cm, corresponding to an energy of 50 keV ... [Table 1:] Pole face radius 15 cm
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: radius margin keeps the working orbit away from the field-edge rolloff and leaves headroom in turn count and final energy above the bare requirement. It does not bend the rigidity relation — at fixed field the orbit radius for a given energy is fixed, so lower-than-planned dee voltage costs turns, not radius. Committing the magnet to the bare-minimum radius leaves no recovery path once it is built.
-
Resonance-curve mapping procedure (ISU, 1961): tune the oscillator to the dee-box resonant frequency, set dee-to-dee voltage to the value the theory was computed for (10 kV peak here) and hold both fixed; fix the target radius, sweep the center magnetic field through the beam's tuning range recording intensity, and repeat at target radii from six to eleven centimeters.
Source quote & editorial note
The variable frequency oscillator was tuned to the resonant frequency (f1) of the dee-box, and the r.f. supply adjusted to produce a peak voltage of 10 Kv from dee-to-dee ... The target radius (r2) was fixed, and the beam tuned in by varying the center magnetic field strength (B0). Beam intensities were determined for different values of B0 within the tuning range of the beam. This procedure was repeated for various values of r2 between six and eleven centimeters.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: sweeping B rather than f leaves the RF system at its tuned point, and the field sweep costs nothing but magnet-supply adjustment — on machines whose magnet is adjustable at all (a fixed-PM machine has no such knob). The intensity-versus-field curve at each probe radius is the fundamental commissioning dataset for a fixed-frequency, adjustable-field machine; families of curves at several radii help localize losses when combined with source-output normalization and independent diagnostics — they do not by themselves separate central-region loss from phase slip, source drift or vertical loss.
-
Magnetic tune-down measurement technique (ISU, 1961): define tune-down δBm = Bm − B1, where Bm is the center field giving maximum intensity at a given target radius and B1 = 2πmf1/e is the exact-resonance field for the operating frequency (16,830 gauss here, per Figure 2's axis label). The resonance peak shifted to higher center field with increasing radius — zero measured tune-down below 8 cm, rising values above it (Figure 2's per-panel annotations run to 70 gauss experimental against 78 theoretical at 10 cm) — reflecting the radial drop-off of the field, in agreement with theory.
B1 = 2*pi*m*f1/e (MKS); tune-down dBm = Bm - B1Source quote & editorial note
The magnetic field (B1) at which the ions are in exact cyclotron resonance at the r.f. supply frequency (f1) is given by the cyclotron resonance equation, B1 = 2πmf1/e (MKS units) ... The difference between the actual center field value (B0) and the field B1 at some larger radius r1 is defined as the tune-down (δB): δB = B0 − B1 ... Fig. 2 shows that with r2 less than 8 cm, δBm is observed to be zero. As r2 is increased, the peak of the resonance curve (Bm) is seen to shift to the right and δBm increases. This shift is in agreement with theory and is due to the drop-off of the magnetic field strength with increasing radius ... [Figure 2 axis label:] B1=16,830 gauss
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: tune-down versus probe radius is a beam-based check on the integrated field profile — how much extra center field the ions need to stay near resonance out to a given radius. Compared against a curve computed from the field map with an orbit-and-phase model (RF-frequency error, injection phase and centering included), it is an end-to-end consistency check of field survey plus orbit model, not a standalone field measurement. The source itself rates δBm as less well established than the curve widths, with uncertainties over ten percent possible from reading Bm off the graphs.
-
Measured resonance-curve width exceeded the simple phase-integral prediction on the ISU 1.5 MeV cyclotron (1961): about 150 gauss full width at half maximum at 9 cm target radius versus 115 gauss theoretical. The companion Mueller calculation attributed the excess width to protons with negative initial phase reaching the target — ions its model assumed were all lost to electric defocusing ('probably', its own hedge; see dg-1593).
Source quote & editorial note
Fig. 1 shows the theoretical and experimental shapes of the resonance curve at a target radius (r2) of 9 cm ... The two experimental curves are practically identical. They are about 150 gauss wide at half-maximum intensity. The theoretical curve (1), shown in broken lines, is quite a bit narrower-115 gauss at half-maximum intensity.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: a measured tuning curve broader than the phase-window model predicts is not necessarily a field or metrology error — simplified phase-acceptance assumptions bias the prediction narrow. Treat a width discrepancy as a prompt to examine the phase-acceptance assumptions and other broadening mechanisms, not as evidence that a machine's field tolerances are looser than computed.
-
On the ISU 1.5 MeV cyclotron (1961), measured maximum beam intensity fell off with target radius much faster than the phase-window calculation predicted: relative to 1.0 at 6 cm, measured 0.92 (7 cm), 0.86 (8 cm), 0.63 (9 cm), 0.14 (10 cm), 0.034 (11 cm), while theory held 1.0 out to 10 cm before collapsing (0.68 at 10.5, 0.11 at 11). The gradual decline from 7 to 9 cm appears nowhere in the calculation.
Source quote & editorial note
The beam intensity (I) drops off very rapidly at large values of r2 ... The value of I at the r2 of 6 cm is arbitrarily assigned the value of one. The beam falls off much more rapidly than predicted ... [Table 1, experimental vs theoretical maximum I:] 6.0: 1.0, 1.0; 7.0: 0.92, 1.0; 8.0: 0.86, 1.0; 9.0: 0.63, 1.0; 10.0: 0.14, 1.0; 10.5: —, 0.68; 11.0: 0.034, 0.11
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: budget for gradual transmission loss with radius even where idealized phase calculations predict none — measure transmission versus radius during commissioning and investigate centering, focusing, apertures, gas scattering and phase slip rather than presuming one mechanism. On this machine the largest radii kept only a few percent of the 6 cm intensity; treat usable pole-edge beam as something to demonstrate, not assume.
-
Resonance-curve asymmetry as a phase diagnostic (ISU, 1961): ions of greatest positive phase populate the high-field side of the tuning curve and ions of least positive phase the low-field side, so — within the companion phase-integral model — a progressive rightward shift of the curve's left edge with increasing target radius is the signature of losing the least-positive-phase ions as radius grows.
Source quote & editorial note
The resonance curves have ions of greatest positive phase contributing to the extreme right of the curve, while ions of least positive phase contribute to the left of the curve ... Ions of least positive phase should be lost as r2 is increased. This is shown experimentally by the gradual shift to the right of the left-hand side of the curves with increasing r2.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: the shape and edge motion of intensity-versus-field curves at successive radii encode which phase groups survive — information obtainable with nothing but a probe and a field sweep, read through the orbit model's phase convention. It is a model-mediated diagnostic: check source stability and rule out aperture, centering and transport changes before reading edge motion as phase acceptance.
-
Beam-intensity sensitivity to the magnetic field, computed for the ISU 1.5 MeV cyclotron (1961): the orbit calculation found that field changes of only a few gauss (in 17,000 - parts in 10^4) can produce a large reduction in beam intensity, because at larger target radii the window of tune-down values giving full intensity narrows sharply.
Source quote & editorial note
It was found that changes in the magnetic field strength of only a few gauss can result in a large reduction of the beam strength ... it can be noted in Figure 4 that the interval of δB values for which the relative intensity, I, is equal to 1 decreases with increasing target radius
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: period support for gauss-level (parts-in-1e4) field-tolerance thinking in small-cyclotron design — computed for this machine's field profile, voltage and phase model, and consistent with its companion measured tuning curves. For another machine, derive the allowable field error from its own field map, RF voltage, turn count and phase-slip model, or measure it with an intensity-versus-field sweep. The transferable lesson is that the tolerance comes out in gauss rather than percent — the budget itself must be computed, not copied.
-
Rose-type phase integral (as applied to the ISU cyclotron, 1961): with u = sin(theta) the phase lag, tune-down profile deltaB(r) = B1 - B(r), field index n = -(r/B)(dB/dr), and V0 the peak dee-to-ground voltage, du/dr = pi*e*r*B*deltaB*(1-n)/(2*m*V0). Integrating from the measured B(r) gives the phase-lag curve for any initial phase on the accelerating branch (-pi/2 < theta < pi/2); the modeled solution remains admissible while -1 < u < 1, u = +/-1 being the model's phase-loss boundary.
u = (pi*e/(2*m*V0)) * integral_0_to_r [ r*B*(B1-B)*(1-n) ] dr + u0, with u = sin(theta)Source quote & editorial note
du/dr = πerB∆B(1−n)/(2mV0). This equation gives the rate of change of the sine of the phase lag, θ, as a function of r and the magnetic field, B. Integration gives u = (πe/2mV0) ∫ rB∆B(1−n) dr + u0. (1) From this result the phase of the proton can be obtained at any radius if the initial phase lag and the magnetic field are known
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: this single quadrature over the measured field map predicts phase history without tracking orbits, and it runs in a spreadsheet — under the model's assumptions (nonrelativistic centered orbits, continuous acceleration, initial phase restricted to the accelerating branch). The right first tool for choosing frequency and trim before any trajectory code is written; it bounds phase admissibility only — vertical loss, radial loss and scattering are separate budgets.
-
Phase-window intensity model (ISU calculation, 1961): assume ions uniformly distributed in initial phase, negative initial phases lost to electric defocusing; an ion reaches the target only if its phase-lag curve stays within -pi/2 < theta < pi/2 all the way out. Relative intensity is the surviving fraction of the initial-phase interval, computed from the extremes (um, uM) of the u(r) curve via the source's Equation 2 plus its stated piecewise modifications — yielding full intensity-versus-tune-down curves per target radius from empirical um(deltaB), uM(deltaB) fits.
Central case (source Eq. 2): I = [arcsin(1-uM) - arcsin(-1-um)] / (pi/2), stated for -2 <= um <= 0 and 0 <= uM <= 2, with the source's prose modifications outside. [Editorial completion: as printed, Eq. 2 alone can exceed 1 (it returns 2 at um = uM = 0) and does not clip the window at the negative-phase loss boundary; the working form is L = max(0, arcsin(max(-1, -1-um))), U = arcsin(min(1, 1-uM)), I = max(0, U-L)/(pi/2).]Source quote & editorial note
determining which initial phases will allow a proton to reach a given target radius ... it is assumed that all protons with negative initial phases are lost from the beam because of electric defocusing (4). It is also assumed that for all positive initial phases no protons are lost from the beam because of defocusing, and that the protons are distributed randomly with respect to initial phase θ0 ... Just those protons with initial phases such that sin−1(−1−um) < θ0 < sin−1(1−uM) will reach the target. Thus for the δB shown in Figure 3 the relative intensity, I, of the proton beam at the target radius is given by I = [sin−1(1−uM) − sin−1(−1−um)]/(π/2), (2) ... However, in general δB may be such that Equation 2 has to be modified ... it was necessary to develop empirical relations for um and uM as functions of δB for various target radii
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: this converts the phase integral into a predicted tuning curve directly comparable to a measured intensity-versus-field sweep — the cheapest model-versus-machine comparison a small cyclotron can make. Implement it with the piecewise clipping (initial-phase window bounded below by zero, intensity floored at zero); the bare central formula over-counts when phase excursions are small. Its documented biases (too narrow, too flat-topped) are known and explainable.
-
The nu_r = 2*nu_z coupling resonance at field index n = 0.2 was located at r = 10.1 cm in the ISU cyclotron (1961 calculation) and flagged as possibly responsible for major beam loss at large radii - noting that by that radius the phase-window model already put intensity low, so the two loss mechanisms overlap.
resonance where omega_r = 2*omega_z: sqrt(1-n) = 2*sqrt(n) gives n = 0.2Source quote & editorial note
When n = −(r/B)(∂B/∂r) = 0.2 a resonance condition occurs between the vertical and radial oscillations of the proton. This resonance which occurs at r = 10.1 cm in the ISU cyclotron is possibly responsible for a major loss in beam intensity at large radii ... The effect of the resonant condition, n=0.2, is difficult to determine. The resonant condition does not occur until r=10.1 cm. At this point the beam intensity is quite low already; a detailed experimental study is to be carried out later
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: compute the radius where the measured field profile crosses n = 0.2 and treat it as a resonance-warning radius — whether appreciable coupling loss actually occurs there depends on coupling strength, crossing rate, field errors and orbit centering, so confirm with tracking or a transmission measurement before writing the region off. On steep-edged small poles this radius can arrive well inside the pole edge.
-
Beam height in the ISU cyclotron (1961 calculation, Rose formulas) came out set almost entirely by the field-gradient ratio, not by tuning: in the axial-amplitude expression the magnetic term dominates the electric term for radii beyond 6 cm, so the computed beam height changed little with tune-down (Figure 5's two curves, deltaB = 80 and 120 gauss, nearly coincide) and fell roughly linearly with radius — relative height about 0.7 at 5 cm down to about 0.2 at 11 cm, read from Figure 5 — as magnetic focusing strengthens.
z ~ A = [pi*e*V0*sin(theta)/E - pi^2*e*r*(dBz/dr)/Bz]^(-1/4); envelope Z = k*A/Amax, k = half dee heightSource quote & editorial note
z ~ A = [πeV0 sin θ/E − π²er(∂Bz/∂r)/Bz]^(−1/4) (3) The envelope of these oscillations is given by Z = kA/Amax (4) where k is one-half the dee height and Amax is the maximum value of A ... It can be noted that the beam height does not change considerably with a change in the tune-down. In Equation 3 the second term is dominant for radii greater than 6 cm. Hence, the beam height is dependent almost completely on the ratio of the gradient of the magnetic field to the magnetic field. In the ISU cyclotron, which has a relatively large magnetic field gradient, the beam height vs. radius curve is approximately linear for radii greater than 6 cm
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: the field map gives the relative axial-envelope shape — in this model beam height at radius follows (dB/dr)/B and barely responds to tuning — but an absolute vertical target size also needs the injected vertical phase space, apertures and RF-gap focusing propagated through. Use the map for the envelope shape and the compression trend; a pronounced field droop buys strong axial compression toward the target radius, at the cost of phase slip.
-
Approximation-validity verdict from full trajectory integration on the ISU cyclotron (1963): resonant couplings between axial and radial oscillations should be studied by calculating full proton trajectories, while electric-deceleration (phase-limit) questions are answered adequately by circular-orbit approximations — the expensive computation earns its cost where resonant coupling operates.
Source quote & editorial note
The conclusion is that resonant couplings between axial and radial oscillations should be studied by the calculation of proton trajectories. It is unnecessary to study electric decelerations with this method since circular orbit approximations appear to be sufficient.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: a tiered modeling strategy validated by direct comparison, not just convenience — run the cheap semicircle/phase-integral model for phase-limit questions and spend trajectory integration on the resonance region and anywhere else its assumptions break (wide fringe regions, strongly displaced starts, extraction). Benchmark the cheap model against a few full trajectories before trusting the division of labor. This sizes the orbit-code effort a small-machine project actually needs.
-
Where circular-orbit approximations hold and where they break (ISU, 1963): with the field approximately uniform out to 5 cm radius, orbits there were treated as circular with constant off-center displacement, but ion starts over a centimeter off field center plus rapid field fall-off near the 11.25 cm maximum radius make circular approximations significantly wrong there - errors that would not appear in a larger machine with a more uniform field.
Source quote & editorial note
Protons may begin orbits over a centimeter from the center of the field. Since the field decreases rapidly near the maximum radius of 11.25cm, circular approximations of these orbits may introduce significant errors that would not appear for protons starting closer to the center or moving in a larger machine with a more uniform field ... Since the magnetic field is approximately uniform up to 5cm radius, orbits in this region will be considered as circular and as having constant displacement (δr)
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: small machines can be the worst case for textbook circular-orbit formulas — source offsets can be a large fraction of pole radius and the fringe region proportionally wide, as here (over 1 cm offset on an 11.25 cm machine). Map the field first, then let its flatness — together with orbit-centering and gap-kick estimates — decide out to what radius the simple formulas are trusted.
-
Twin large-radius resonances resolved by trajectory integration in the ISU cyclotron (1963): the omega_r = 2*omega_z coupling at n = 0.2 (r = 10.1 cm) and a second coupling at n = 0.25 (r = 10.3 cm) driven by orbit shifts from the electric accelerations - only about 0.2 cm apart, so observed axial-amplitude growth could not be attributed to either alone; at the resonance region axial oscillations also phase-localized (initially staggered phases pulled nearly into step), and in one case the coupling reduced amplitude instead.
Source quote & editorial note
Note the amplitude expansion of axial oscillations in the region of 10.1cm. This is the predicted resonance at n = 0.2. Also at r = 10.3cm where n = 0.25 (ωz ≈ 2φ̇) there is a coupling due to the shifting of the orbit as a result of the electric accelerations. Since the two resonances are only about 0.2cm apart, the amplitude expansion cannot be considered as a result of only one of the two factors. In one plot of z the coupling had the opposite effect by reducing the amplitude of axial oscillation ... At the region of resonance, some of the oscillations have encountered phase localization; that is, all but the reduced oscillations are very nearly in phase.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: in the ISU geometry these two resonances crowded within 0.2 cm and their effects could not be separated — a warning that on a steep-edged small pole distinct resonances can overlap, making single-resonance analysis of beam loss underdetermined there. For another machine, locate each resonance from its own field map and track them separately and together before deciding whether they form one overlapping loss region.
-
Axial-amplitude safety margin versus orbit centering (ISU trajectory study, 1963, at 9 cm starting radius): maximum axial displacement grows steeply with initial orbital displacement delta-r — for delta-r = 0.5 cm, an ion needed initial axial amplitude below 1/6.1 of the dee height for the source's '100% certainty' of never striking the dees (Figure 6: maximum axial displacement about 6 in units of the initial amplitude at that displacement).
Source quote & editorial note
To obtain Figure 6, a series of calculations was performed with r0i = 9cm, θ0 = 0, σz′ = Nπ/8 and δri varying from 0.1cm to 1.0cm. For each value of δri the maximum value of |z| was obtained. For example, if a proton entered the orbit with δri = 0.5cm, its axial amplitude should be less than 1/6.1 times the height of the dees if there is to be 100% certainty that the proton will not strike the dees.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: dee aperture is consumed multiplicatively by orbit-centering error — in this modeled geometry a half-centimeter centering error left about a sixth of the aperture usable through the resonance. The '100% certainty' is the model's own, within its tracked initial conditions and field approximation. Center the source and first turns well, or budget aperture for resonance-driven axial growth.
-
Maximum attainable energy is insensitive to orbit centering while resonance loss is not, in the ISU trajectory simulations (1963): maximum energy before first electric deceleration dropped only about 3 percent as initial displacement grew from 0.1 to 1 cm at 9 cm starting radius, whereas the same displacements drove large axial-amplitude growth — the source's conclusion: resonances have far more effect on premature termination of off-center orbits than electric decelerations. Off-center orbits also stayed off-center — displacement grew from 0.5 to about 0.7 cm from a 5 cm start to maximum radius rather than damping.
Source quote & editorial note
Note that the maximum energy decreased by about 3% as δri increased from 0.1cm to 1cm ... On comparing the two graphs in Figure 6 it was concluded that resonances have far more effect on premature termination of off-center orbits than do electric decelerations ... The study beginning with r0i = 5cm also indicated that δr increased to approximately 0.7cm at maximum radius; therefore, off-center orbits do not become circular as their radii increase.
Moses, Proton Orbits in a Small Cyclotron — Proceedings of the Iowa Academy of Science 70(1), 403–414 (1963) — p. 10, 12
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: in these simulations, centering errors cost transmission (vertical resonance loss) far more than final energy (phase slip), and the off-centering persisted to full radius rather than self-correcting. Read as a diagnostic prior, not a law — for another field and RF geometry check vertical aperture, radial interception, RF phase histories and energy gain together; an off-center orbit can also lose by phase slip or direct interception.
-
Off-center orbits produce heterogeneous target energies (ISU analysis, 1963): a centered ion strikes the target when its orbit radius r0 exceeds the target radius, giving nearly single-valued energy E = [r0*e*B(r0)]^2/(2m), but an off-center ion strikes whenever r0 + delta-r exceeds it, so r0 - and hence energy - varies across arriving ions; any simplified off-center orbit method must therefore carry a target-energy-spread accounting.
centered-orbit target energy E = (r_t*e*B(r_t))^2/(2*m) — nonrelativistic equilibrium-orbit relation; off-center ions hit when r0 + delta_r > r_t, with delta_r the source's scalar displacement toward the target azimuthSource quote & editorial note
In the case of a centered orbit, the proton will strike the target when r0 exceeds rt, the target radius. Target energies would be approximately single-valued for centered orbits for which E = mv2/2 = [r0 e B(r0)]2/2m. However, off-center protons may strike the target whenever r0 + δr exceeds rt. It is then possible to have heterogeneous target energies since r0, and consequently E, may vary. Therefore, any simplified method of off-center orbit study must include a means for considering heterogeneous target energies.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: quoted beam energy from radius alone assumes centered orbits — a distribution of orbit offsets and betatron phases both shifts and broadens the energy arriving at a probe. Propagate the measured or assumed offset distribution through the local energy-radius relation, or read impacts from tracked trajectories; threshold-reaction measurements near the target radius smear accordingly.
-
Field-quality design requirement for the IUAC teaching-cyclotron magnet — median-plane field homogeneity dB/B better than 18e-3 up to a radius of 120 mm (about 79 percent of the 152.5 mm pole radius), a value expected from simulation and required to be confirmed by measurement at acceptance.
Source quote & editorial note
[Magnet data table:] Field homogeneity at the median plane — better than 18 x10-3 up to radius of 120 mm (expected as per simulation) ... Field mapping in the median plane of the magnet should be carried out. Homogeneity of the magnetic field at different radial and angular positions w.r.t. the central field (B/B) shall be measured and compared with the results obtained using simulations ... Homogeneity of B/B ~18x10-3 over a radius of 120 mm of the pole is required as per design
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: a design/spec number from a modern professional team for a small teaching cyclotron — 18e-3 out to ~79% of pole radius, expected from simulation and verified by mapping at acceptance. Context for what an unshimmed as-designed pole can look like, not a target to copy: derive the field-quality requirement from the machine's own phase-slip and orbit tolerances (the ISU worked example, dg-1547/dg-1588, ran at 2e-4), and give the mapping instrument resolution substantially finer than whatever criterion it must verify.
-
On the Rutgers 12-inch cyclotron a spiraled discoloration deposited on the copper ion-source chimney after a long beam run was used as a free, retrospective diagnostic of the ions' initial launch angle: the track began at the aperture, wrapped in the direction of beam rotation and pitched downward, and its measured slope of 4.3 degrees gave the order of magnitude of the parasitic vertical electric field.
Source quote & editorial note
Evidence to back up the accusation presented itself when, after a particularly long beam run, a spiraled discoloration appeared on the copper chimney. The discoloration began at the aperture and wrapped in the direction of the beam rotation and with downward pitch as shown in figure 1. The discoloration is taken to be tracks of ions launched during the early portion of the RF phase that were not energetic enough to clear the chimney. It was suspected that the slight vertical asymmetrical geometry of the ion source chimney was the cause of the vertical electric field. In obtaining the order of magnitude of the vertical field a slope of 4.3 degrees was calculated from the spiral track.
Koeth, Hanebuth, Hoffman & Schneider, Rutgers 12-Inch Cyclotron Ion Source Studies: Part II (2007) — p. 1
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Transferable to a small machine with an internal filament/chimney source: deposits and discoloration on the chimney are a free, retrospective record of where lost early-phase ions went. Photographing the chimney after a long run and measuring the spiral's pitch costs nothing and — as here, where the 4.3-degree track slope fed the field estimate of dg-1638 — can yield an order-of-magnitude number for the parasitic vertical field, PROVIDED the deposit's origin and timing can be argued. It is a track-pitch diagnostic, not a direct launch-angle measurement.
-
The Rutgers 12-inch group estimated the parasitic vertical field at the ion source aperture from first-turn geometry alone: an ion that declines 0.032 inches in half an RF cycle (t = 40 ns) implies an effective integrated vertical field of 100 V/cm, and the ions strike the chimney with about 10 eV of vertical energy.
E_y = 2*d*m/(q*t^2); with d = 0.00081 m, m = 1.6x10^-27 kg, q = 1.6x10^-19 C, t = 40 nS gives E_y = 100 V/cmSource quote & editorial note
If one calculates that in one half of an RF cycle, the ion vertically declines 0.032 inches in height the effective integrated electric field is simply calculated from: [displayed equations F_z = ma_z = qE_z ; a_z = qE_z/m ; z = (qE_z/2m)t^2 ; E_y = 2dm/(qt^2) ; E_y = (2)(0.00081m)(1.6x10^-27 kg)/((1.6x10^-19)(40nS)^2) = 100 V/cm] […] When the ions have struck the chimney at this point they have a vertical energy of about 10eV.
Koeth, Hanebuth, Hoffman & Schneider, Rutgers 12-Inch Cyclotron Ion Source Studies: Part II (2007) — p. 1
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The method, not the number, transfers: a half-RF-period vertical drop measured off a chimney track or first-turn photo converts into a field estimate via z = ½at². Two calibrations on the source's own arithmetic: the printed equation checks out for its inputs (2·0.00081·1.67e-27/(1.6e-19·(40e-9)²) ≈ 1.0e4 V/m = 100 V/cm — computed here, not stated), but 40 ns is not half a cycle at the memo's stated 14.90 MHz (33.6 ns is); rerunning the same constant-field model with 33.6 ns gives ≈144 V/cm. Treat 100 V/cm as the source's result under its own stated assumption. A machine at ~9-10 MHz has a longer half-period, so a given drop implies proportionally less field.
-
The Rutgers 12-inch three-hole chimney experiment machined three identical apertures, one in the median plane and one 2.5 mm above and below it, to give ions deliberate initial betatron amplitudes; the intensity of the three sources declined with distance from the filament but the off-plane apertures varied only +/- 7% from the median-plane aperture, so the observed differences in beam survival were attributable to optics rather than to unequal source strength.
Source quote & editorial note
A chimney with three identical apertures was machined, one aperture was in the median plane as is typical of the normal ion source, and an aperture placed 2.5 mm above and below the median plane aperture. In addition to experiencing the vertical electric field the off-plane apertures gave the ions initial betatron amplitudes. The cyclotron was brought up to typical operating values – this time three stacked purple glows appeared fanning into the face of the DEE (figure 3). The intensity of the three apertures declined as they moved away from the filament, as plotted in figure 4. The off-plane sources intensity varied only +/- 7% from the median plane aperture.
Koeth, Hanebuth, Hoffman & Schneider, Rutgers 12-Inch Cyclotron Ion Source Studies: Part II (2007) — p. 2
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A cheap, highly copyable experiment: one extra chimney with three apertures (median plane, ±2.5 mm) turns the source into a deliberate initial-condition generator, and the glow-intensity profile (Fig. 4) is the control — the off-plane sources matched the median one within ±7%, so survival differences are attributable mainly to optics, at that level of control. Pick your own offsets from your machine's modeled or measured vertical acceptance and the betatron amplitude you want to launch, not by scaling 2.5 mm to your gap.
-
In the Rutgers 12-inch three-hole experiment only two of the three launched beams survived to be photographed: the third was lost to the DEE lid because a large launch angle and an initial betatron amplitude added, demonstrating that off-median-plane injection and a parasitic vertical field compound rather than average out.
Source quote & editorial note
A typical 15 second digital exposure of the fluorescent screen was made. Two (not three) sinusoidal patterns, slightly shifted in phase appeared. The third beam was lost to the DEE lid owning to the additive effects of large launch angle and betatron amplitude.
Koeth, Hanebuth, Hoffman & Schneider, Rutgers 12-Inch Cyclotron Ion Source Studies: Part II (2007) — p. 2
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Relevant wherever vertical acceptance is a few millimetres: launch angle (from a parasitic field) and initial betatron amplitude (from an offset) superpose WITH SIGN AND PHASE — they can add or partially cancel, and the third beam here was the additive case, lost to the dee lid. For alignment tolerancing, budget the worst-case additive combination; for diagnosis, remember a surviving beam does not prove both errors are small. ("owning to" is the source's spelling of "owing to".)
-
The radially adjustable fluorescent screen on the Rutgers 12-inch happened to sit very close to the azimuthal location of maximum radial betatron amplitude, where turn-to-turn spacing is greatest — which is precisely what made the axial betatron motion resolvable; the authors credit the placement to practical limitations rather than design, and identified the reason only afterwards with SIMION.
Source quote & editorial note
For instance, the placement of the radially adjustable florescent screen at its present azimuthal location was dictated by practical limitations. By happenstance this position was very close to the azimuthal location of the maximum radial betatron amplitude (turn-to-turn spacing is at its greatest), thus providing the ability to discern the axial betatron motion.
Koeth, Hanebuth, Hoffman & Schneider, Rutgers 12-Inch Cyclotron Ion Source Studies: Part II (2007) — p. 2
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A design rule worth applying deliberately rather than by luck, as it happened here: put the viewport/screen azimuth where turn-to-turn separation is greatest — that is where individual turns and the vertical oscillation can actually be told apart in a photograph. On a machine with only a handful of usable ports, model or measure the turn-spacing azimuth first and let that decide which port earns the diagnostic.
-
On the Rutgers 12-inch the fluorescent-screen image is only analysable over a limited energy window: the authors could resolve two distinct betatron paths for about 1.5 betatron periods, between 185 keV and 325 keV, after which reduced turn-to-turn spacing and betatron damping merged the traces; within that window a calibrated pixel measurement gave a 47 degree phase difference between the two waveforms.
Source quote & editorial note
quickly losses the ability to distinguish the two different betatron paths. For a region of about 1.5 betatron periods (between 185 keV and 325 keV) the fluorescent screen intensity and turn to turn spacing were sufficient to capture an image useful for analysis. Calibration of the horizontal pixels indicates that the horizontal spacing of the two prominent betatron waveforms corresponds to a phase difference of 47 degrees.
Koeth, Hanebuth, Hoffman & Schneider, Rutgers 12-Inch Cyclotron Ion Source Studies: Part II (2007) — p. 3
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Realistic expectations for photographic beam diagnostics: this image was analyzable for about 1.5 betatron periods (185-325 keV) — below that the glow was too faint, above it the turns crowded together — and within the window a calibrated pixel measurement resolved a 47-degree phase difference between the two launched waveforms. Pixel calibration against a known internal dimension (here the 0.25-inch chimney) is the enabling trick; find your own machine's usable window empirically, since it belongs to the screen, exposure and beam intensity, not the class.
-
A validated model-vs-measurement comparison on the Rutgers 12-inch: operating at 600 watts, 14.90 MHz and a magnetic field of 0.977 Tesla, the peak vertical displacement from the median plane was approximately 9 mm in both the fluorescent-screen measurement and the SIMION simulation.
Source quote & editorial note
Operation was at 600 watts at 14.90 MHz with a magnetic field of 0.977 Tesla. Plugging this data into the SIMION model we were able to reproduce the following plot (figure 6). […] Peak vertical displacement from the median plane was approximately 9 mm in both measurement and simulation.
Koeth, Hanebuth, Hoffman & Schneider, Rutgers 12-Inch Cyclotron Ion Source Studies: Part II (2007) — p. 3
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The benchmark pattern to reproduce before trusting a tracker: one measurable, model-independent quantity — peak vertical excursion — agreeing between photograph and simulation at the ~9 mm precision reported (the memo states no uncertainty, so no stronger agreement claim is available). Note 14.90 MHz and 0.977 T are the proton fundamental (h = 1), a clean operating point; a machine at ~0.6 T sits near 9 MHz for the same harmonic (computed here).
-
SIMION scans of ion launch height on the Rutgers 12-inch showed a strong up-down asymmetry in capture: ions starting above the median plane (Z > 25.5 mm) were more likely to reach the target while ions from the lower aperture were very quickly lost, and a launch height of 34 mm — 8 mm above the median plane — was optimal for a point source in that geometry.
Source quote & editorial note
From figure 6 we see that ions starting above the median plane (Z > 25.5 mm) were more likely to succeed to target. Ions that started at the lower aperture were very quickly lost. This analysis was pushed further to locate the optimal height from which to launch the ions from in this given geometry. From figure 9 it is seen that a height of 34 mm is the optimal location for a point source to launch from. This is 8 mm above the median plane.
Koeth, Hanebuth, Hoffman & Schneider, Rutgers 12-Inch Cyclotron Ion Source Studies: Part II (2007) — p. 3
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Important cautionary result for tabletop source placement: the "obvious" choice of putting the aperture exactly in the median plane was not optimal in this machine, because the parasitic downward field means a deliberate upward offset recovers capture. The offset is specific to this geometry's field asymmetry, so a builder should scan launch height in their own model rather than copy 8 mm. Note the source is internally inconsistent about where the median plane sits — the text and Fig. 6 title use 25.5 mm while the Fig. 9 axis label reads "26=median plane", which is why 34 mm is described as 8 mm above it.
-
Two geometric limits marked on the Rutgers 12-inch SIMION launch-height scan (Fig. 9): the DEE lid is at a height of 36 mm, and the beam blows up at a radius of r = 110 mm, which is where the n = 0.2 resonance resides.
Source quote & editorial note
Fig. 9 Differing ion launch heights simulated in SIMION, green dots are location of measured peaks and valleys (dots heights are not representative of data height). Note height of DEE lid is at 36 mm. Also note beam blow up at r = 110 mm, this is where n = 0.2 resonance resides, see reference [2].
Koeth, Hanebuth, Hoffman & Schneider, Rutgers 12-Inch Cyclotron Ion Source Studies: Part II (2007) — p. 4
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Both numbers are read from the figure and its caption. The transferable point is the method it illustrates: the useful radius of a weak-focusing machine is bounded not by the pole edge but by where the field index reaches a resonant value — on THIS machine, n = 0.2 at r = 110 mm of a 152 mm pole radius, and the simulation blows up there. Map your own n(r), find your own resonance radii, and place target and deflector inside the demonstrated usable radius; where n = 0.2 lands is your taper's choice (dg-1729).
-
Geometry of the Rutgers 12-inch cyclotron electrostatic deflector: a thin curved grounded sheet formed the septum separating the accelerating volume from the deflection channel, with a slightly greater-curved HV electrode arranged concentrically to give an average 0.31 inch gap; the deflector tangentially intercepted the spiraling beam at a radius of 4.0 inches and transported it to a radius of 4.5 inches in 43 degrees of azimuth, the channel having a nominal radius of curvature of 7 inches.
Source quote & editorial note
A thin, curved, grounded sheet formed the septum and separates the main accelerating volume and the deflection channel. A slightly greater curved high voltage (HV) electrode was concentrically arranged to complete the deflection channel with and average 0.31 inch gap spacing. The deflector tangentially intercepted the spiraling cyclotron beam at a radius of 4.0 inches and transported the beam to a radius of 4.5 inches in 43° of azimuth. The deflection channel had a nominal radius of curvature of 7 inches.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The most fully dimensioned extraction geometry in the amateur literature at this scale — a 12-inch machine intercepting at 4.0 inches. As orientation: the channel's radius of curvature is 1.75× the orbit radius, the gap ~7.5% of the orbit radius, and the channel spans 43° to gain 0.5 inch (ratios computed here). Applying those ratios to another machine is geometric illustration only — rigidity, turn separation, septum thickness and fringe fields all enter — so recompute the field and voltage (dg-1660) and verify by tracking before cutting metal.
-
Off-harmonic operation observed and rationalized on the Rutgers 12-inch: because a cyclotron only resonantly accelerates at odd integer harmonics, operating near but not on an odd harmonic can still give a successfully accelerated beam provided the integrated phase slippage over all revolutions is less than 180 degrees before the target or extraction point — and since higher DEE voltage means fewer revolutions to reach a given energy, the tolerable phase slippage per turn increases with DEE voltage.
Source quote & editorial note
This result is not understood, as only integer odd harmonic numbers support magnetic resonance acceleration. At an even harmonic, when acceleration occurs at a gap crossing, deceleration must occur at the subsequent crossing, yielding zero net accelerator per revolution. In the region between an even and odd harmonic, there is a balance of acceleration and phase slippage which the ions encounter. Operating a cyclotron near, but not on, an odd harmonic, can still lead to a successful resonantly accelerated beam, provided that the integrated phase slippage over all revolutions is less than 180 before hitting the target or extraction point. The greater the DEE voltage, the fewer the number of ion revolutions are needed to achieve the desired energy, thus the tolerance of phase slippage per turn increases with DEE voltage.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Directly relevant to low-dee-voltage machines, in mirror image: many hundreds of turns means very little tolerable slip per turn, which is an operational argument for dee voltage beyond simple turn-count. State the physics as the source's gap phasing gives it: odd harmonics are the resonant condition for this conventional geometry, and near-harmonic operation can survive if the bunch stays inside the accelerating phase window — the 180-degree integrated-slip figure is an approximate span, conditional on where in phase the ions start and which way they slip. The reported 2.22 and 4.25 harmonic numbers are stated by the authors as "not understood" — an open anomaly, not a result. ("accelerator per revolution" is the source's typo for "acceleration".)
-
The Rutgers 12-inch cyclotron's first pole tips were Blanchard-ground parallel to better than 1 part in 10,000 to satisfy the cyclotron resonance condition; the resulting purely vertical field gave no axial weak focusing — the source attributes the loss of nearly all ions to the dee's top and bottom plates — and delivered less than a nanoampere to the periphery during commissioning, against a program goal of at least 10 microamps.
Source quote & editorial note
Initially, to satisfy the cyclotron resonance condition, the pole tips of the 12-Inch Cyclotron magnet were Blanchard ground to provide parallelism to better than 1 part in 10,000. As will be seen, this pure vertical field does not provide any beam focusing effects, all but a very few of the generated ions are lost on either the top of bottom plate of the DEE. Indeed, during commissioning of the cyclotron, only a trickle of beam current, less than a nano-ampere, made it to the periphery. Desiring beam currents of at least 10µA in intensity, a program to study and modify the cyclotron to achieve this goal is under way.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The canonical educational-machine failure mode, and a machining-quality trap in reverse: extreme pole parallelism is exactly what leaves the beam without an axial restoring force (radial stability, with tune near 1, survives — it is the vertical plane that empties into the lids). The sub-nA periphery current is this machine's measured commissioning figure, a realistic 'before' anecdote rather than a class-wide baseline; the 10 µA goal is the authors' aspiration, not an achieved value anywhere in this document.
-
Complete transverse stability in a constant-gradient (weak-focusing) cyclotron requires 0 < n < 1, where the field index n = -(r/B)(dB/dr); the axial tune is nu_z = sqrt(n) and the radial tune is nu_x = sqrt(1-n), both from the Kerst-Serber equation.
n = -(r/B)(dB/dr); d2z/dt2 + n w^2 z = 0; d2x/dt2 + w^2 (1-n) x = 0; nu_z = sqrt(n); nu_x = sqrt(1-n)Source quote & editorial note
Complete transverse stability. It has thus been shown for axial stability, n must be greater than 0, and for radial stability n must be less than 1. Total transverse stability exists in the region of: 0 < n <1
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The design inequality for a weak-focusing machine, derived in this report from scratch: away from the central region, 0 < n < 1 buys simultaneous linear axial and radial stability (at r = 0 itself n = 0, as the source's own next passage states — the center is handled by other means, dg-1729/dg-1835). It is a LOCAL linear-stability window: resonances (dg-1682), acceleration and field errors still get their say. Sign convention: this document's leading minus makes n > 0 a falling field; the companion AVF paper uses k = d ln⟨B⟩/d ln R with opposite sign, so reconcile n = −k before mixing formulas.
-
The Rutgers 12-inch magnet study warns that coupled transverse resonances further restrict the field index beyond 0 < n < 1, listing 0.2, 0.25, 0.33 and 0.5 as values to avoid, and derives the design consequence that the radial rate of Bz decrease must be moderated so that the machine only approaches 0.2 near the maximum ion radius.
Source quote & editorial note
For details beyond the scope of this document, coupled resonances between the transverse motions further limit the value of n. n values of 0.2, 0.25, 0.33, 0.5 (and others higher) need to be avoided. Since, the ions to be accelerated begin at r = 0, n = 0 and will only climb as the radius increases. If n = 0.2 needs to be avoided, then the rate at which Bz decreases must be moderated such that only near the maximum ion radius does n approach 0.2.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Actionable sizing constraint for a taper design: it converts 'make the field droop' into 'droop slowly enough that the low-order resonances arrive only at the very end of the spiral.' The printed n list is physically standard — at n = 0.2 the tunes satisfy νr = 2νz (the Walkinshaw difference coupling), at 0.25 νz = 1/2, at 0.33 νr = √2·νz, at 0.5 νr = νz (all computed from νz = √n, νr = √(1−n)). Note the same document's p.7 attaches 0.2 and 0.5 to νz instead — the source is loose with its labels across pages, so identify resonances from BOTH tunes computed off your own n(r), never from a symbol's name.
-
Normalizing the Rutgers 12-inch measured radial field profiles taken at 20, 30 and 40 A to unity at r = 0 made the three curves superimpose, showing that the field-index profile does not change with excitation even into the onset of saturation — so a single field-index analysis serves all operating currents.
Source quote & editorial note
We normalized the measured field profile for the three different operating currents: 20, 30, and 40 Amperes. Each field profile, as one would expect, had a peak field at r = 0. The data was linearly scaled to bring this peak field to unity. The simultaneous plotting of these normalized profiles, as shown in Figure 2, confirms that the field index’s (n’s) profile does not vary with field strength, even into the beginning of the saturated régime. This generously allows for just one analysis of the field profile.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A genuine labour saver, within its validated window: on this magnet the normalized profiles overlaid across 20-40 A (into the onset of saturation), licensing one field-index analysis for the operating points inside that range. On another magnet, earn the shortcut the same way — normalized scans at several currents spanning YOUR operating point — and re-check before trusting it deeper into saturation than the comparison went (here ~1.16 T, the test endpoint, not a threshold).
-
For the Rutgers 12-inch weak-focusing field the modelled axial tune nu_z grows in three regimes — fast from 0 to about 2 cm radius, slowly from 2 to 9 cm, then exponentially beyond 9 cm — reaching nu_z = 0.7 at the 12.7 cm maximum ion radius, having passed nu_z = 0.2 at about 10 cm.
Source quote & editorial note
The above analysis shows an ever increasing νz, with three clear regions of growth, see Figure 12. Initally, νz starts off at zero, climbs quickly up to a radius of 2 cm, then the increase takes on a slower rate of increase up to a radius of 9 cm. After 9 cm the rate if νz increase is exponential. Keep in mind that the maximum ion radius is 12.7 cm where νz reaches a value of 0.7 – well beyond the difference instability located at νz = 0.2, which comes at a radius of about 10 cm.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The MODELED tune footprint of this machine's weak-focusing field: νz from zero, climbing fast to ~2 cm, a long gentle rise to 9 cm, then steeply beyond — 0.7 at the 12.7 cm maximum radius. Read it as the shape to expect from a tapered pole and recompute from your own B(r), not as a measured or transferable curve. Notation flag, computed: the passage puts 'the difference instability at νz = 0.2' at r ≈ 10 cm — where this machine's n ≈ 0.04 gives νz = √n ≈ 0.2, so the label is self-consistent as a TUNE — while the canonical Walkinshaw difference resonance sits at n = 0.2 (νz ≈ 0.45); the same document's p.3 uses n = 0.2 (dg-1682). The source mixes the two notations across pages; derive your resonance radii from computed νr and νz.
-
An unwanted azimuthal field variation of periodicity 2 is inherently an unstable AVF condition; the Rutgers 12-inch study states that a minimum periodicity of 3 is required for a stable operating point, and proposes shimming it out by using a 2-D field map to find the lulls and installing thin iron shims there to shorten the gap and raise the field.
Source quote & editorial note
In the case that we do find an azimuthal field distortion, it will most likely have a periodicity of 2, which is inherently an unstable Azimuthal Varying Field (AVF) condition. A minimum periodicity of 3 is required for a stable operating point. ... The first option is to “shim” out the AVF. By use of the 2-D field mapper, we can identify lulls in the field and manually install thin iron shims to shorten the gap and bring up the field to the desired value.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Both halves transfer with one correction. Diagnostic: determine the azimuthal harmonic CONTENT by Fourier analysis of a 2-D map rather than inferring it from the defect — an off-center pole shows up first as m = 1, a two-lobe (m = 2) component is the case this source singles out as inherently unstable, and its minimum-periodicity-3 statement is the author's claim, presented without derivation. Remedy: entirely amateur-accessible — thin iron shim stock laid in the mapped low spots to shorten the gap locally — followed by re-mapping, since the shims move the average field and the harmonics together.
-
On the Rutgers 12-inch, a 1.2 MeV proton machine with no appreciable relativistic mass increase, weak focusing is stronger than pure Thomas (unspiralled AVF) focusing — from the study's own tune comparison, near the 12.7 cm maximum ion radius the weak-focusing nu_z is about 0.7 while pure Thomas focusing gives only about 0.07 — because a non-relativistic machine can use a falling field and does not need the rising field that makes AVF necessary in larger cyclotrons.
Source quote & editorial note
The pink trace (lowest) in Figure 15 displays the sole effect of Thomas focusing, - AVF focusing without a spiral edge. It is interesting to note that in our case, weak focusing is in fact stronger than the colloquially termed AVF “strong focusing.” This peculiararity arises from the fact that our small (1.2MeV) cyclotron does not noticeably suffer from relativistic effects. If it did, the magnetic field would need to increase with radius, as opposed to our decreasing field, in order to keep the more “massive” ions in step with the RF.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The qualitative result matters for a 100 keV-1 MeV machine and cuts against the modern instinct: with no relativistic detuning to fight, a non-relativistic machine may use a FALLING field, and this study found its tapered weak focusing stronger than its unspiralled Thomas alternative. No numeric ratio should be carried: Fig. 15's ordinate is printed 'field index - n' while text and caption call it νz, and its weak-focusing trace disagrees with the p.6 νz ≈ 0.7 value — if the plotted quantity were νz² the tunes would be its square roots — an internal inconsistency of the source, flagged. AVF earns its complexity when a rising (isochronous) field is needed, and can still be chosen at low energy for acceptance or tune control; this machine's own later spiral tips (dg-1745) are that choice made deliberately.
-
Adding a spiral edge to AVF sector tips raises the axial tune extremely fast: in the Rutgers 12-inch study the slight-Archimedean-spiral design reaches nu_z = 1 by about 7 cm radius, and the author judges a spiral edge unfavourable on that machine because of the destructive instability at nu_z = 1 and further serious instabilities at nu_z = 0.2 and 0.5.
Source quote & editorial note
The light green trace (left and uppermost trace) in Figure 15 corresponds to the pole tip design shown in Figure 14. It is clear that νz grows very rapidly with even a slight spiral. Because of the cataclysmic beam instability at νz = 1, and other serious instabilities at νz = 0.2, 0.5 and so on, use of a spiral edge does not does not seem favorable.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A caution, not a verdict, on spiral sectors at small radius: THIS slight-Archimedean design's modeled tune ramped so fast (νz = 1 by ~7 cm, read from the rendered Fig. 15's varchimedes trace) that the author judged spiral edges unfavourable for the machine, citing the νz = 1 instability and lines at 0.2 and 0.5. Whether a small pole has room to spread the ramp depends on sector count, flutter and spiral angle: plot the full tune trajectory against the resonance lines for YOUR field map and track through any crossing — the same group's 2011 study did exactly that and built a working 270° spiral (dg-1745), so treat this page as one design iteration's lesson.
-
For the Rutgers 12-inch AVF work the axial tune is written nu_z^2 = -k + F(1+tan^2 xi) and the radial tune nu_r^2 = 1+k, where k = d ln<B> / d ln R is the average field index, F is the rms flutter (the rms azimuthal variation of the vertical field) and xi is the instantaneous angle the sector edge makes with the orbit.
nu_z^2 = -k + F(1+tan^2 xi); nu_r^2 = 1+k; k = d ln<B> / d ln RSource quote & editorial note
AVF focusing can be used to supplement weak focusing. In this context, the weak focusing comes from the average radial gradient’s field index, denoted as k, where: k = d ln〈B〉/ d ln R . The tune is proportional to the relative focusing strength. Following the treatment of J.J. Livingood,[6] one can write the axial tune in terms of the average field index, flutter, and the instantaneous edge angle: νz² = -k + F(1+tan²ξ) The radial tune is written as νr² = 1+k … The rms variation of the vertical field is called flutter and is denoted as F. The azimuthal magnetic field component, Bθ, is also proportional to the flutter.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The design equation for combining a weak-focusing taper with AVF sectors, showing the two contributions add. Two convention traps, both resolved here: (1) this paper calls F 'the rms variation' — for the linear-in-F tune formula to be the standard Livingood form, F must be the MEAN-SQUARE fractional variation ⟨((B−⟨B⟩)/⟨B⟩)²⟩, i.e. the square of the rms fraction, exactly as the same program's later paper defines it (F² there = ⟨…²⟩, tune quadratic in its F; dg-1746) — reconcile against Livingood before numeric use; (2) k = d ln⟨B⟩/d ln R is NEGATIVE for a falling field, opposite in sign to the magnet study's n, so n = −k. The tan²ξ factor is why edge angle is a powerful and dangerous knob — it grows without bound (dg-1697).
-
The Rutgers 12-inch trial radial-sector AVF tips had four sectors with hills and valleys each 45 degrees wide, constant thickness out to the pole edge except for a 1/4 inch chamfer breaking the sharp corners, and a central slug tying the four vanes together; that slug's field bump is deliberate weak focusing, needed because the flutter is too small to focus at the central convergence.
Source quote & editorial note
The first set of AVF pole tips measured were of the simplest design, and are shown installed with the cyclotron chamber removed in figure 10. With a periodicity of four, the hills and valley are each 45 degrees wide. They maintain a constant thickness out to the pole edge, except for a ¼ -inch chamfer to break the sharp corners. The data from the first scan is plotted in Figure 11. The four hills are prominent, however a small central bump is observed from the slug that ties the four vanes together. This weak focusing is required to promote a centrally localized focusing field since the flutter will be too small to be effective at the central convergence.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The geometry as stated (four sectors, 45-degree hills and valleys, constant thickness, 1/4-inch chamfer, central slug) plus the central-region insight that matters most at small scale: flutter vanishes at r = 0, so a pure-AVF machine has no SECTOR focusing where ions are born — this design's central slug supplies a deliberate weak-focusing bump there, and the source states that requirement for its own field. Evaluate your own central region's full focusing budget (magnetic index plus RF-gap electric focusing and phase) rather than assuming the bump; most small AVF designs end up wanting one (the AKG270 kept it, dg-1717).
-
On the Rutgers 12-inch radial-sector AVF tips the azimuthal field variation emerges as a smooth sinusoid despite the square stepped hill-to-valley transitions of the iron, and a flat top only becomes apparent at radii of 4 inches and greater.
Source quote & editorial note
Figure 12 plots Bz(θ) over one quadrant displaying the relative evolution of the flutter with radius by individually plotting Bz(θ) for sixteen radii. The plot shows the emerging sinusoid flutter, despite the square stepped transitions between hills and valleys. Only for radii of 4-inches and greater does a ‘flat-top’ become apparent.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: An instructive measured fact about gap smoothing: square-cut sector iron produced a nearly sinusoidal Bz(θ) on this pole, with a flat top emerging only beyond 4 inches radius. The general lesson is that the gap filters sector geometry hard — machining need not chase a shaped profile blindly — but how much smoothing, where the designed flutter amplitude arrives, and what harmonics survive are set by gap-to-sector-width and radius ratios: solve or map YOUR geometry and take the flutter spectrum from that, rather than scaling this 4-inch mark by pole size.
-
The Rutgers 12-inch AVF simulation toolchain was SolidWorks for the mechanical magnet model, Maxwell 3D for the field solution and field report, SIMION for ion flying and tracking, and MatLab for post-processing; Maxwell 3D was first benchmarked against the existing 2-D Poisson/Superfish weak-focusing model at a nominal 1 T peak central field and agreed to within measurement errors.
Source quote & editorial note
SIMULATIONS Form start to finish, four software tools have been employed to simulate the beam dynamics of in these magnetic fields. SolidWorks was used to mechanically model the magnet, Maxwell 3D was uses to solve the field problem and generate the needed field report for SIMION to fly and track the ions in. Post processing was performed in MatLab. ... Maxwell 3D (M3D) was first benchmarked against our weak focusing PSF simulations. A 3-D magnet model, which included the weak focusing pole tips was designed in SolidWorks and then imported into Maxwell 3D. The problem was solved to have a nominal peak central field of 1 Tesla. To within measurement errors the models agreed.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A four-stage pipeline — CAD, 3-D field solver, tracker, analysis — with the transferable discipline being the BENCHMARK step: before trusting the 3-D solver on new geometry, reproduce the old validated result on the old geometry (here Maxwell 3D reproduced the Poisson/Superfish weak-focusing field within measurement errors — the FIELD model, not the tracking chain, is what that comparison validates). Free-tool substitutions: FEMM only where a planar/axisymmetric approximation is defensible — a radial-sector AVF field is intrinsically 3-D, so budget for Elmer or another 3-D solver there — and verify the field-transfer and tracking layers separately (dg-1712's trap).
-
To fly the Rutgers 12-inch AVF fields in SIMION the Maxwell 3D field report was generated on a 1 mm grid to match the 1 mm per SIMION grid unit ratio, spanning plus/minus 115 mm in x and y and 53 mm in z — 231 x 231 x 53 rows, over 2.8 million points and more than 500 MB of text — the radius being set by the 4.5 inch deflector interception point.
Source quote & editorial note
The resolution of the imported field has been set at 1 mm to conveniently match the 1mm:1 SIMION grid unit ratio. The M3D report file is a 6-column a comma separated variable file reporting x, y, z, Bx, By, and Bz at each grid point, with a spacing of 1-mm between grid points. To fully cover the ion accessible region in our cyclotron, the field region must span a volume with a radius up to 4.5 inches – the point of interception of deflector. Therefore the extent of the report spans ±115 mm (~ 4.55-inches) X ±115 mm X (~ 4.55-inches) X 53 mm (~ 1.04-inches) which contains 231 X 231 X 53 rows of data, an excess of 2.8 million points - causing the simple text data to become unwieldy, in excess of 500 MB.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Concrete sizing for a tracker's field-map file: 1 mm resolution over the ion-accessible volume of a 12-inch machine is 231 × 231 × 53 points — 2.8 million rows, over 500 MB as text — so plan a binary or compressed intermediate format from the start. The printed axial figures do not reconcile (53 mm ≈ 2.09 in, yet the parenthetical prints "~1.04-inches", plausibly a half-extent; unresolved in the source — inspect your own file's z bounds rather than inferring). Size the map to cover the COMPLETE tracking domain out through every loss surface and relevant fringe region, not merely the aperture the beam is supposed to occupy.
-
Translating the Rutgers Maxwell 3D field report into SIMION required a deliberate vector rotation because the median plane was x-y in their Maxwell model but y-z in their SIMION geometry; SIMION populates the imported vector field by cycling x fastest, then y, then z, so the report rows had to be sorted to that order.
Source quote & editorial note
The Maxwell 3D magnetic field’s median plane is the x-y plane while the median plane is y-z in SIMION. A careful vector rotation is required in translating the M3D report into the usable SIMION file. ... While the magnetic field is being loaded, SIMION populates the vector field by cycling through x the fastest, y the second, and finally z. This requires data sorting that cycles through x for every increment of y, and cycles through y once per increment of z.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A high-cost trap for any solver-to-tracker bridge, in its general form: axis conventions between two codes are YOURS to reconcile, the mismatch is silent — the file loads, the ions fly, the answer is wrong in a way that looks like physics — and row-order-encoded coordinates mean a sorting error produces a plausible-looking scrambled field. Both argue for the same insurance: smoke-test every new bridge on a known analytic field (a uniform B, a simple dipole) before believing anything it produces.
-
In the Rutgers 12-inch SIMION stability studies an ion is declared lost when it leaves the dee structure boundary or the magnetic field volume, and a stable orbit never terminates the run, so the simulation must be stopped by hand once the trace-space contour is populated; single ions rather than bunches were found best when searching for stability limits.
Source quote & editorial note
Multiple ions can be launched together, however for these trace space simulations it was found best, especially while searching for the stability limits, to track single ions. The SIMION simulation run terminates once the ion is lost. An ion is declared lost if it exceeds the boundary of the DEE structure or falls outside of the magnetic field volume. If the ion’s orbit is stable, it will continue to circulate indefinitely and the simulation will need to be manually terminated.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Practical tracker-design advice for a tabletop orbit code: define loss against real apertures (the dee, not an abstract radius), and build in a turn-count or wall-clock stop, because a stable orbit is an infinite loop. The single-ion preference when mapping stability boundaries is a workflow point — bunches obscure which initial condition failed.
-
For the Rutgers 12-inch at 50 keV the static vertical (axial) trace-space area was smallest in the weak focusing field, largest in the radial-sector AVF field, and slightly smaller than the radial sector in the test-case spiral AVF field; incomplete contours that appear as discrete groupings indicate the vertical-oscillation-to-revolution ratio sits near a rational fraction, i.e. near-resonant behaviour of the order of the grouping number.
Source quote & editorial note
As is seen in figure 18, the weak focusing field had the smallest trace space area, the radial AVF had the greatest, and the spiral AVF field was slightly less than the radial sector. It is also interesting to note the appearance of the grouping in several of the incomplete trace space contours, this indicates that the ratio of vertical fraction of an oscillation to the revolution frequency is near a rational fraction, however, given sufficient time they would completely fill in their contour. These trace space orbits are exhibiting near-resonant behavior of the order of the grouping number.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A free screening diagnostic from plots a tracker user already makes: once-per-turn trace-space points clumping into n groups suggest a tune near a rational p/n — near-resonant behaviour of about that order. It is a clue, not a verdict: finite tracking, aliasing and plotting cadence can also group points, so confirm by extending the run and extracting the turn-by-turn phase advance (or a spectrum) before naming the resonance. (Attribution flag: the source cites 'figure 18' — captioned Radial Trace Space — inside its vertical-stability paragraph; Figure 19 is the vertical plot, so the printed figure number is almost certainly a misprint and the comparison is of vertical trace space.)
-
Two protons launched with identical initial conditions on their equilibrium orbits at 50 keV in the Rutgers 12-inch showed the maximum vertical excursion in the weak-focusing field to be nearly four times that in the radial-sector AVF field — about plus/minus 9 mm versus about plus/minus 2.5 mm from the mid-plane — which the authors read as permitting either a drastically reduced magnet gap or a larger accepted vertical angular distribution.
Source quote & editorial note
As is seen in Figure 20, the maximum vertical excursion of the proton in the weak field was nearly four times that of the proton in the radial sector AVF field. This has two immediate implications. First, to accommodate a given ion source, the magnet gap of AVF field can be drastically reduced, implying a smaller and less expensive magnet. Alternatively, the magnet gap can be maintained, and a greater vertical angular distribution can be accepted, implying greater beam intensity at the periphery.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The clearest quantitative case for AVF at this scale, kept to what the simulation shows: one proton, identical launch, ±9 mm excursion in the weak-focusing field versus ±2.5 mm in the radial-sector field (read from the rendered Fig. 20; 'nearly four times' is the authors'). The source's two implications — a drastically reducible gap, or more accepted vertical angle — are design directions whose actual payoff needs full acceptance tracking and a self-consistent magnet redesign, since gap changes move excitation and field structure together. Note the apparent tension with the same program's finding that its weak-focusing νz exceeds its Thomas-field νz (dg-1696): tune and single-trajectory excursion are different measures, and the Fig. 15 labeling problem (same card) leaves the tune comparison unresolved.
-
Although the Rutgers 12-inch radial-sector AVF tips were never intended to accelerate beam, SIMION showed protons could be brought to the periphery in them given enough dee voltage: at the machine's normal 8 kV-peak the phase slippage was too severe, but 20 kV-peak accepted ions over 20 degrees of the RF cycle and carried them to full radius.
Source quote & editorial note
While the constructed radial sector pole tips were not intended to support acceleration, with sufficient DEE voltage protons were successfully accelerated. The incurred phase slippage at normal operating conditions - namely a DEE voltage of 8 kV-peak - was indeed too severe to successfully bring ions to the full radius. However, a DEE voltage of 20 kV peak accepted ions over 20° of the RF cycle and accelerated … them to the periphery. This suggested that our first attempt is not too far from a practical design.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Quantifies what a non-isochronous field costs in dee voltage, on this field and RF model: at the machine's normal 8 kV-peak the slippage was fatal; 20 kV-peak accepted a 20° RF window and carried protons to the periphery — a factor of 2.5, for this map. Recalculate the acceptance-versus-voltage curve for your own field, harmonic and RF waveform; the transferable shape is that voltage buys phase margin against a mismatched field (dg-1786 is the measured version of the same lesson). Simulation results, not measured beam.
-
The Rutgers 12-inch optimized spiral tips, designated AKG270, are a four-sector Archimedean spiral sweeping 270 degrees from centre to periphery, designed to satisfy the isochronous condition everywhere except a deliberately retained weak-focusing central region, in order to minimize phase slippage and reduce the minimum dee voltage while preserving axial stability.
Source quote & editorial note
SPIRAL AVF DESIGN Finally, we present the optimized design for a set of spiral pole tips that are intended to guide beam. The result was a four sector Archimedean spiral sweeping 270 degrees, and will herein be referred to as AKG270. With the exception of the weak focusing central region, these pole tips aimed to satisfy the isochronous condition, in order to minimize the phase slippage, and reduce the minimum DEE voltage while preserving axial stability throughout the accelerating region.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The design pattern worth copying is the HYBRID: weak focusing kept in the centre where flutter cannot help, spiral-AVF outboard where isochronism pays — that is what minimized phase slippage and dee voltage while preserving axial stability here. The 270-degree four-sector Archimedean sweep is this magnet's optimized answer (the authors credit their machine shop for cutting it); another machine re-runs the optimization on its own field map and takes whatever sweep its tunes demand.
-
Radial trace-space exploration of the Rutgers 12-inch AKG270 spiral field revealed four-sided non-linear contours consistent with sector periodicity four even at 50 keV, and by 250 keV four closed contours had formed in the corners — four off-centre stable orbits in addition to the primary equilibrium orbit.
Source quote & editorial note
The AKG270 radial trace space was explored first to identify the equilibrium orbits in 50 keV increments. Even, at 50 keV, non-linear behavior is noted in the larger stable orbits, exhibiting four-sided contours, behavior which is consistent with pole tips that have a sector periodicity of four. The corners of the four-sided nonlinear orbits become more pronounced and bulbous with increasing energy. By 250 keV four closed contours formed in the protracted corners, displayed in Figure 23. Thus, in addition to the primary Equilibrium Orbit, there are four off-center stable orbits.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A phenomenon to look for on any sectored machine, from this worked case: the four-sector AKG270's radial phase space showed four-sided nonlinear contours already at 50 keV, sharpening with energy until four closed islands formed by 250 keV — genuine off-centre stable orbits alongside the primary one. Whether YOUR sector count produces islands, and at what energy, depends on the field harmonics and tunes: survey trace space at energy steps fine enough to resolve your calculated resonances (50 keV was this study's choice), and follow with RF-on tracking to learn whether real accelerating beam gets captured by them (a beam parked on an island reads as mis-steered, dg-1793).
-
The off-centre equilibrium orbits predicted for the Rutgers 12-inch AKG270 field were verified experimentally with the wire-loop orbit technique — a 30 AWG loop of 71 mm circumference carrying 2.5 A, tossed into the magnet gap onto a clear acrylic sheet laid on the bottom pole tip, snapped reproducibly to the nearest stable orbit; the technique found multiple stable off-centre orbits (the "total of nine" count is stated on p.11).
Source quote & editorial note
The off-center equilibrium orbits were experimentally verified using the wire-loop orbit technique.[7] A 30 AWG wire loop, with a circumference of 71 mm, was energized with a current of 2.5 amps and placed in the magnet gap. Myriad other stable orbits made it difficult to perform this experiment in the median plane; instead a clear acrylic sheet was placed on the bottom pole tip to provide a flat surface on
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: An outstanding no-vacuum, no-beam diagnostic: a current-carrying flexible loop settles onto stable orbit shapes of a real measured field for the price of magnet wire and a bench supply — a physical check on the tracker before the chamber ever pumps down. Physics to hold onto: the loop obeys T/ρ = I·B, so its effective rigidity is set by tension over current — circumference constrains which closed shapes are available but does not by itself select a particle energy (the source says as much; its extra orbits are the point of dg-1720). Practicalities: the acrylic sheet keeps the loop on a plane (not the median plane — a known offset), and 2.5 A in 30 AWG dissipates real heat, so current-limit, keep the duty short, and mind magnet forces. Setup as run: 30 AWG, 71 mm circumference, 2.5 A.
-
The wire-loop survey of the Rutgers 12-inch AKG270 field found four further stable orbits beyond the five predicted, for nine in total, located further out from the centre; because the technique does not discriminate on loop circumference the authors judge the outlying ones most likely to be lower-energy equilibrium orbits.
Source quote & editorial note
The energized wire loop simply needed to be tossed towards the gap and it would reproducibly snap to the nearest stable orbit, one such off-center orbit is show in figure 24. An overlay of five loop images demonstrating five stable orbits is shown in figure 25. This technique found another four orbits (for a total of nine) located even further away from the center. Since the wire-loop technique does not discriminate based circumference (only the loop’s tension will vary), the further outlaying orbits are most likely lower energy equilibrium orbits.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Interpretation guidance for the wire-loop method: the loop finds the orbit FAMILY, not one energy, so a bench survey should turn up more orbits than any single-energy simulation predicts — here nine against five, with the source judging the outliers 'most likely' lower-energy equilibria since the technique discriminates on tension, not circumference. Treat extra positions as candidates: compare against multi-energy tracking, and check loop mechanics (tension, friction, off-median-plane field) before either assigning an energy or reading a model discrepancy. (The figure references in this passage are off by one against the printed captions — the photographs are Figs. 25 and 26, not 24 and 25.)
-
Iteratively tuning drive frequency and amplitude in SIMION for the Rutgers 12-inch AKG270 spiral field found the lowest dee voltage that still delivered a proton to the target to be 6 kV-peak at 15.534 MHz — below the machine's normal 8 kV-peak operating point and well below the 20 kV-peak needed by the non-isochronous radial-sector field.
Source quote & editorial note
Protons were flown with RF in SIMION with the AKG270 magnetic field. The trajectory of a single proton is shown in Figure 21. The driving frequency and amplitude were iteratively tuned to locate the minimum peak DEE voltage necessary to successfully accelerate the proton to the target. This lowest practical voltage found in the simulation was 6 kVpeak at a frequency of 15.534 MHz.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Quantifies the payoff of designing for isochronism, within one simulation campaign: 6 kV-peak at 15.534 MHz sufficed in the AKG270 spiral field, versus the 20 kV-peak the non-isochronous radial-sector field needed and the machine's normal 8 kV (both from the same study's radial-sector section, dg-1716). If shunt impedance and loading were unchanged, cavity loss ∝ V² would differ by ~11× between 6 and 20 kV — a conditional estimate, computed here. The frequency checks: 15.534 MHz ↔ ~1.02 T for protons at the fundamental (computed). Field shaping as a lever on the RF budget is the transferable idea; single-particle simulation, not measured beam.
-
Comparing simulated static trace spaces with the dees removed, the Rutgers 12-inch AKG270 spiral field is radially bounded by the weak-focusing field in most cases, but at 50 and 100 keV its vertical trace space is larger than the weak-focusing poles', indicating greater angular acceptance from the ion source thanks to the enhanced central focusing of the weak-focusing bump.
Source quote & editorial note
After locating the equilibrium orbits, a complete comparison of the focusing between the AKG270 poles and the weak focusing pole tips was performed using the simulated fields. The DEEs were removed from both cases to observe, if any, non-linear effects at large excursions. The radial and axial results are respectively shown in Appendix II-a and -b. In most of the radial cases the AKG270 radial trace space is bounded by the weak focusing pole tips. At the lower energies of 50 and 100 keV, the vertical trace space of the AKG270 poletips is larger than that of the weak focusing poles, indicating a greater angular acceptance from the ion source. This is due to the enhanced central focusing from the weak focusing bump.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Where this hybrid field's acceptance advantage showed up: at the LOW-energy end — 50 and 100 keV vertical trace spaces larger than the weak-focusing poles' — and the source credits the AKG270's retained central weak-focusing bump, not the spirals. That is the hybrid logic confirmed at exactly the energies where source acceptance is decided. Methodological detail worth copying: the dees were removed from both simulations so the comparison probes field nonlinearity, not mechanical clipping. Radially, the weak-focusing field bounded AKG270 in most cases; simulated statics, not measured beam.
-
The average median-plane field of the Rutgers 12-inch weak-focusing pole tips, as read from the rendered Fig. 6 (y-axis <Bz> [Tesla]), falls only about 1.3% from 1.092 T at r = 0.5 inch to 1.078 T at r = 3.5 inches, then drops to 1.039 T at r = 4.5 inches and 0.955 T at r = 5 inches — about 12.5% total (computed: (1.092−0.955)/1.092), with most of the total decrease concentrated in the outer inch and a half; the paper's own text establishes that for the axisymmetric case the average field index k equals the instantaneous n.
Source quote & editorial note
The average radial field profile, plotted in figure 6, is generated from the assembled average fields along the radius – this is needed to calculate the average field index, k. In the case of the axisymmetric weak focusing field, the average field index is the same as the instantaneous field index, n.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Explains the tune shape the companion magnet study reported — near-zero νz to mid-radius, then a fast rise — and warns a designer who sizes a taper analytically: this machine's DESIGNED taper was a 2% droop (dg-1680), while the delivered profile falls ~12.5% by r = 5 inches because the pole-edge roll-off dominates the last stretch. Field index is the LOCAL derivative, not the accumulated drop — differentiate the measured profile to get n(r), and expect the edge, not the taper, to own the outer-radius focusing.
-
The average median-plane field of the Rutgers 12-inch AKG270 spiral tips, as read from the rendered Fig. 30 (y-axis Average B-field [Tesla], x-axis radius [inches]), falls steeply in the central region from about 1.065 T at r = 0.25 inch to about 1.01 T at r = 2.5 inches, then holds nearly flat to about 1.00 T at r = 4.25 inches before dropping to about 0.967 T at r = 5 inches — the deliberately shaped profile of a weak-focusing centre followed by a near-flat outboard region.
Source quote & editorial note
Figure 30. Average Bz as a function of radius for the AKG270 pole tips in the median plane.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: What a hybrid weak-focusing-plus-near-isochronous profile looks like in practice on a 12-inch pole, directly comparable with the same paper's weak-focusing profile (dg-1724): much flatter across the middle of the ion region. The design intent and its payoff — minimized slippage, the 6 kV-peak minimum dee voltage — are carried on their own cards (dg-1717, dg-1722). A flat average field approximates isochronism only in the nonrelativistic limit; a higher-energy design shapes ⟨B⟩ to track γ instead. Digitized values approximate.
-
Transverse stability in a weak-focusing cyclotron requires 0 < n < 1 for the field index n = -(r/B)(dB/dr); the author's design guidance is that because ions start at r = 0 with n = 0 and n only climbs with radius, the rate at which Bz falls must be moderated so that n approaches 0.2 only near the maximum ion radius. Coupled transverse resonances at n = 0.2, 0.25, 0.33 and 0.5 (and higher) are to be avoided.
n = -(r/B)(dB/dr); 0 < n < 1Source quote & editorial note
For details beyond the scope of this document, coupled resonances between the transverse motions further limit the value of n. n values of 0.2, 0.25, 0.33, 0.5 (and others higher) need to be avoided. Since, the ions to be accelerated begin at r = 0, n = 0 and will only climb as the radius increases. If n = 0.2 needs to be avoided, then the rate at which Bz decreases must be moderated such that only near the maximum ion radius does n approach 0.2.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The direct pole-tip taper criterion for a small weak-focusing machine: shape the taper so n approaches 0.2 only near maximum ion radius — under the author's stated premise of a profile whose n starts at 0 and only climbs. The resonance list (0.2, 0.25, 0.33, 0.5 and higher) is the author's claim, referred to Livingood for derivation, not a measurement from this machine; the field-index definition and 0 < n < 1 stability window are standard weak-focusing results stated here for context.
-
Vertical (axial) betatron tune is nu_z = sqrt(n) and radial tune is nu_x = sqrt(1-n); therefore one full vertical betatron oscillation takes 1/sqrt(n) RF periods (ion revolutions). The Rutgers author's radial-stability note is that the smaller the n value the greater the radial restoring force, with no lower bound on n for radial stability, only n < 1.
nu_z = sqrt(n); nu_x = sqrt(1-n); T_beta-vert = (1/sqrt(n)) T_0Source quote & editorial note
We recall from section II that the vertical betatron frequency follows the square root of the field index multiplied by the RF frequency: f_beta-vert = sqrt(n) f_0 We extend that relationship to their respective periods of oscillation: T_beta-vert = (1/sqrt(n)) T_0 Thus for a given n it take 1/sqrt(n) RF periods or ion revolutions to complete one vertical betatron oscillation.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The hand calculation that tells a builder how many TURNS per vertical oscillation to expect: 1/√n turns (equal to RF periods only on fundamental-harmonic operation, h = 1, as here; at harmonic h it is h/√n RF cycles). With this machine's measured n ≈ 0.025-0.042 near 8.6-9.7 cm, that is about 4.9-6.3 turns per oscillation — a local estimate where n varies. The quote's equation glyphs are transcribed in plain-text form here. (The nu_x = sqrt(1-n) statement and the radial-stability remark are on p.2; the nu_z material is on p.6.)
-
The measured and Poisson-Superfish-modeled field index of the Rutgers 12-inch magnet with tapered pole tips runs from 0 to about 0.2 throughout the useful ion-acceleration region; the published geometry markers are r = 0 the center, r = 5 inches the maximum ion radius, r = 6 inches the pole tip edge, and r = 8 inches the reference point.
Source quote & editorial note
The following measurements and modeling indeed confirm, at least in the assumption of azimuthal symmetry that our 12-inch magnet's field index runs from 0 to about 0.2 throughout the useful region for ion acceleration.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Reference-machine geometry, not a target: on this 12-inch, maximum ion radius 5 inches sits an inch inside the 6-inch pole-tip edge, and the measured-and-modeled n runs 0 to about 0.2 across the acceleration region. Choose your own pole margin from magnetic modeling of your taper (the fringe rolls off inside the physical edge), and read 'about 0.2' as where THIS profile tops out — the design doctrine of keeping the 0.2 crossing near final radius is carried by dg-1729/dg-1835. The r = 5/6/8 inch markers are read from the Fig. 2 caption on the same page.
-
Vertical betatron oscillations were made visible on the Rutgers 12-inch by inserting a fluorescent screen on a linear positioner and photographing it with a 15 second camera exposure while slowly scanning the screen radially; the resulting streak image showed periodic motion about the median plane with increasing frequency and decreasing amplitude as radius increased.
Source quote & editorial note
We then set the camera to a 15 second exposure and scanned the florescent screen slowly. The resulting image, Fig 10, clearly showed periodic behavior about the median plane with increasing frequency and decreasing amplitude as r increased. This was immediately identified as betatron motion.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: An almost free beam-dynamics diagnostic: a phosphor screen on a manual radial feedthrough plus a long-exposure camera through a viewport records vertical betatron structure across the scanned interval in one frame, no electronics. It is a QUALITATIVE record as taken; a tune number additionally needs calibrated radial coordinates and peak-spacing analysis (dg-1741 is this memo's own worked version).
-
Measured vertical betatron oscillation peaks on the Rutgers 12-inch fell at r0 = 8.6 cm (338 keV), r1 = 9.2 cm (387 keV) and r2 = 9.6 cm (421 keV), taken at f0 = 14.8640 MHz (B = 0.977 Tesla), 300 watts of RF and 28.28 amps of magnet current; peak beam current on the electrometer at that tuning was 20 nA.
Source quote & editorial note
The radial position of several peaks from the observed vertical betatron motion were recorded: ro = 8.6 cm (338keV) r1 = 9.2 cm (387keV) r2 = 9.6 cm (421keV) Relevant operating conditions: fo=14.8640 MHz (B = 0.977 Tesla) RF power = 300 Watts Magnet Current = 28.28 Amps … Precise “tuning” of the magnetic field yielded a peak beam current reading of 20nAmps.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A calibrated benchmark set for the 100 keV-1 MeV band: field, frequency, radius, energy and beam current quoted together. The radius-energy pairs are internally consistent with E = q²B²r²/2m at B = 0.977 T (computed check: 8.6 cm gives 338 keV, 9.2 cm gives 387 keV, 9.6 cm gives 421 keV), so they can sanity-check another machine's energy bookkeeping.
-
Turn-to-turn radial spacing in a classical cyclotron follows Delta_r(r) = Delta_E m / (q B^2 r), where Delta_E in eV is just the dee peak-to-peak voltage; for the Rutgers 12-inch at 300 W / 14.8640 MHz / B = 0.977 T with 7,500 Vp-p on the dee this evaluates to Delta_r(r) = 8.2E-5 / r (SI, metres).
Delta_r(r) = Delta_E*m/(q*B^2*r); here = 8.2E-5/r [m]Source quote & editorial note
Operating at 300 Watts of RF power on resonance at 14.8640 MHz (Corresponding to a B-field of 0.977 Tesla), the DEE Vp-p that develops is 7,500 V, thus ∆E is 7,500eV. Taking q=1.6E-19, and m=1.67E-27, so we can expect: ... ∆r(r) = (8.2E-5) 1/r
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The single most useful sizing formula for probe and cup design: turn spacing at any radius from dee voltage and field — it sets how thin an intercepting tip must be and whether turns separate on a screen. Conditions: nonrelativistic ions, approximately uniform B, small per-turn gain, with ΔE the effective energy gain per turn (this machine's single-dee convention takes it as the 7,500 V peak-to-peak; multiple gaps or off-crest phase change it). Caution: the printed substitution line shows the charge as (1.6E-27) in the denominator, a source misprint for 1.6E-19 (the text above states q=1.6E-19); recomputing with 1.6E-19 reproduces the printed 8.2E-5 coefficient.
-
Predicted vertical betatron peak positions on the Rutgers 12-inch were obtained by stepping the orbit radius one ion revolution at a time using Delta_r(r), re-evaluating n at each new radius from a fourth-order polynomial fit to the Poisson Superfish n(r) between 8 and 10 cm, and accumulating sqrt(n) of a betatron period per revolution; starting from the measured first peak at r0 = 8.6 cm (n = 0.025) the tabulated integer betatron periods land at 9.2 cm and 9.6 cm, matching the observed r1 and r2.
fraction of betatron period advanced per ion revolution = sqrt(n)Source quote & editorial note
Using a fourth order polynomial fit and our equation for ∆r(r) we can create table 1. The first measured peak of the vertical betatron oscillation was at ro = 8.6cm, and we denote that as the start of the betatron period. We then allow one RF period, hence one ion revolution, to process, after which, using our equation for ∆r(r), we reevaluate the new radius and that radius' field index n. It can easily be shown that the fraction that the betatron period advances at a given n is just sqrt(n). … Integer values of fractional betatron periods indicate the full completion of a vertical betatron oscillation. … Noting the radii at which these occur the reader immediately sees the same values that were observed at r1 and r2 as reported in section V.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A worked piecewise-tracking recipe implementable in a spreadsheet — no orbit code — and checked by its authors against the streak photo: integer betatron periods land at the observed r1 and r2. The tabulated n values over 8.6-9.7 cm run 0.025 to 0.042 (Table 1, read from the rendered page). Table 1 prints 9.2 cm in two consecutive rows (n = 0.031 and 0.033) — most likely rounding of nearby unrounded radii rather than a misprint.
-
Radial betatron oscillations were NOT observed on the Rutgers 12-inch, which the author attributes to their period in the low-field-index regime being comparable to the ion revolution period itself (nu_x = sqrt(1-n) is near 1 when n is small).
Source quote & editorial note
Radial betatron oscillations were not noticed as their period in the regime of low field index n is comparable to that of the ion revolution frequency.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Expectation-setting for a weak-focusing machine: at small n, νx = √(1−n) is near 1, so radial betatron structure barely advances per turn and hides in a fixed-azimuth screen view — this memo saw none. It is a visibility statement, not an absence: turn-resolved diagnostics or the slow 1−νx beat can still expose radial motion (the program's later precession work, dg-1840, is exactly that physics put to use).
-
The Rutgers authors attribute the large initial vertical displacement of the beam — despite an ion source aperture in the median plane — to the early ions' sensitivity to any vertical electric field component, because the E-field from the source into the dee diverges quickly, so a slight offset of the dee with respect to the median plane produces a significant vertical kick. Their proposed mitigations are better dee alignment or installing "pullers" on the dee aperture in the region of the ion source.
Source quote & editorial note
The natural question that should be asked: if the ion source aperture is in the median plane, why then the large vertical displacement? This can be attributed to the early ions sensitivity to any vertical component of the electrical field. Inspection of Fig 5 shows that the electric field from the ion source into the DEE diverges quickly. Thus a slight offset of the DEE with respect to the median plane will provide a significant vertical component. This can be mitigated by the installation of "pullers" on the DEE's aperture in the region of the ion source – a possible student project.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Why a median-plane source aperture still launches vertically displaced beam: in the central source-to-dee region the extraction field diverges strongly, so any dee offset from the median plane hands the earliest ions a vertical kick. No tolerance number is given — the source's stated remedy is pullers on the dee aperture near the source (offered as a possible student project, not a demonstrated fix); tightening dee-to-median-plane alignment is the natural corollary a builder draws, not the source's measured mitigation.
-
On the Rutgers 12-inch cyclotron, radial-sector (Thomas focusing) pole-tips were built but the beam could not be accelerated up to the deflector radius because of poor isochronicity; a new spiral-sector set (Archimedean spirals, four-fold symmetry, 270 degree spiral machined after an iterative design phase using a field solver and ion tracking) was required to get beam out to the chamber radius.
Source quote & editorial note
Radial sectors pole-tips providing the so-called Thomas focusing [2] have been built but the beam could not be accelerated up to the deflector radius due to poor isochronicity. ... To successfully accelerate the beam up to the chamber's radius a new set of pole-tips was designed [5], at the same time providing additional focusing using a spiral sector design. ... An iterative design phase using a field solver and ion tracking lead to the machining of 270°spiral pole-tips
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A documented negative result at exactly this scale: plain radial sectors on a small cyclotron can cost enough isochronism to prevent reaching full radius. If a tabletop builder wants AVF focusing, this collection's experience points to spiral sectors designed with a field solver plus tracking, not radial sectors alone. (The Archimedean-spiral / four-fold-symmetry statement is on p.1.)
-
Sector focusing on the Rutgers 12-inch is quantified through the flutter F, defined by F² = ⟨((B(θ)−⟨B⟩)/⟨B⟩)²⟩ — so F itself is the RMS fractional azimuthal field deviation — with the sector CONTRIBUTION to axial tune ν²_sector = F²(1 + 2 tan² ε), ε the spiral angle; in the source's circular-orbit approximation this combines with the weak-focusing field-index term to give the total axial tune. The tune was reconstructed by integrating the measured field map azimuthally to obtain both the field gradient and the flutter.
F^2 = <((B(theta)-<B>)/<B>)^2> (F = RMS fractional deviation); sector contribution nu_sector^2 = F^2 (1 + 2 tan^2 epsilon); total axial tune adds the field-index termSource quote & editorial note
The edge-focusing adds a term to νz2 depending on the "flutter" (mean square deviation of B(θ) ... where <B> is the θ-averaged axial magnetic field. ... The spiraling changes the edge crossing angles and the sector focusing contribution to the axial tune becomes ν2sector = F2 (1 + 2tan2 ε) where F is defined in Eq. 3 and ε is the spiral angle.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The minimum analysis needed to turn a measured or simulated AVF field map into a predicted axial tune for a tabletop machine. The quoted line reflects the PDF's text-layer rendering of typeset superscripts; the equation as set on the page is nu_sector^2 = F^2 (1 + 2 tan^2 epsilon).
-
To excite measurable axial betatron oscillations on the Rutgers 12-inch, a modified source chimney was built with its aperture offset along the vertical axis, deliberately giving the beam an initial axial offset from the symmetry plane; the source itself is a cold cathode Penning ion gauge source with a circular aperture of 0.8 mm radius able to sustain a current of 5 mA.
Source quote & editorial note
The design of the source, a cold cathode Penning Ion Gauge (PIC) source, is reported in Ref. [4]. The aperture is circular with a 0.8mm radius and it can sustain a current of 5mA. A modified source chimney featuring an aperture offset along the vertical axis was built in order to provide a beam with an initial axial offset.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A spare chimney with a deliberately off-median aperture is a simple, purpose-built way to launch coherent axial oscillations for tune studies — the launch half of the measurement. Extracting a tune still needs adequate transmission and a diagnostic that resolves the oscillation turn by turn (here, the phosphor radial probe). The source prints the acronym "(PIC)" where "PIG" is standard; quote transcribed as printed.
-
Beam-based axial tune measurement on the Rutgers 12-inch with weak-focusing pole-tips gave the linear fit nu_a = (0.086 +/- 0.001) + (0.0012 +/- 0.001)*(r - 45) for r in millimetres over the range 45 to 80 mm, against nu_a = (0.088 +/- 0.004) + (0.0015 +/- 0.0002)*(r - 45) derived from the measured magnetic field via nu_z = sqrt(n) — an agreement the authors call excellent, with the rising radial trend clearly resolved at 90% confidence.
nu_a = (0.086 +/- 0.001) + (0.0012 +/- 0.001)*(r[mm] - 45)Source quote & editorial note
The best linear fit in the measurement range reads νa = (0.086 ± 0.001) + (0.0012 ± 0.001) · (r − 45), where r is the radius expressed in millimeters in the range 45 to 80mm. The 90 % confidence interval is also shown revealing that the measurement resolution is sufficient to confirm the observed linear trend. ... The equation of the fit of the magnetic results (in the beam based measurement range) reads νa = (0.088 ± 0.004) + (0.0015 ± 0.0002) · (r − 45).
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A validated model-versus-measurement pair for a weak-focusing machine in the target class: this machine's field map predicted its beam's axial tune within the measurement errors. For THIS field the fits put νz ≈ 0.09–0.13 over 45–80 mm (n ≈ 0.008–0.02) — comfortably below the n = 0.2 Walkinshaw coupling band that this collection's weak-focusing rules treat as the ceiling (dg-003, dg-138); another machine's margin comes from its own n(r), not these numbers. The printed slope uncertainty (±0.001 on a slope of 0.0012) is nearly as large as the value and looks like a source misprint given the stated 90% confidence in the trend.
-
Because the radial-probe screen images on the Rutgers 12-inch carry the beam envelope as well as the centroid, the envelope beating signal — whose frequency is twice the betatron tune — gives a second, independent tune measurement; for the spiral pole-tips the envelope-derived tune matched the centroid-derived tune within measurement errors. The authors note this kind of turn-by-turn envelope data is not as easily accessible in synchrotrons.
Source quote & editorial note
It is interesting to note that the measurement technique that we use readily provides a turn-by-turn envelope beating information. This is contrasting the usual case of synchrotrons where that kind of data is not as easily accessible. This provides a second and independent mean of measuring the betatron tune. Indeed it is well known that the envelope beating signal has a frequency which is two times the betatron tune. ... Within the measurement errors the envelope-based result matches very well the centroid-based tune values.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A free cross-check for a machine already taking streak images: the envelope beats at 2ν, so fitting its modulation gives a second, independent tune number to compare with the centroid fit. One caution the source's comparison sidesteps: with once-per-turn sampling the 2ν component can alias, so fit it modulo the turn frequency and use the centroid tune (or an expected range) to unwrap before halving.
-
Precision-ground perfectly parallel pole faces (purely vertical field, no gradient) gave the Rutgers 12-inch cyclotron only a few nanoamps of current at the outer edge of the chamber; replacing them with weak-focusing tapered tips dramatically increased deliverable beam current.
Source quote & editorial note
This solution only delivered a few nanoamps of current at the outer edge of the chamber.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.2 = printed p.292 (the "dramatically increase deliverable beam current" phrase is on p.1). The easiest thing to machine — flat, parallel, precision-ground poles — is a documented failure mode at this scale: with a purely vertical field there is no axial restoring force, and this machine delivered only a few nanoamps to the chamber edge until a slight radial taper was cut. What another machine gets from flat poles depends on its own alignment, apertures and source; the transferable instruction is to evaluate axial tune and transmission from your own field map, expecting roughly this fate without a gradient.
-
In the Rutgers 12-inch cyclotron's weak-focusing field the field index n = -(r/B)(dB/dr) gives radial and axial stability for 0 < n < 1, but coupling resonances restrict the usable band to 0 < n < 0.2; in the installed tips n = 0.2 occurs beyond the deflector radius, and the vertical tune is nu_z = sqrt(n).
n = -(r/B)(dB/dr); nu_z = sqrt(n)Source quote & editorial note
Coupling resonances further restrict 0 < n < 0.2. In the existing tips, n = 0.2 occurs beyond the deflector radius.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.2 = printed p.292. The pole-tip acceptance criterion under the ideal azimuthally-symmetric weak-focusing model (νr = √(1−n), νz = √n, so νr = 2νz at n = 0.2): do not just satisfy 0 < n < 1 — shape the taper so n stays under 0.2 out to the last useful radius, as this machine's tips do (n = 0.2 beyond the deflector radius). Confirm on the actual field map with a tune or tracking analysis; azimuthal variation, fringes and errors move the real resonance picture.
-
A set of periodicity-4 radial-sector (non-spiral) AVF pole pieces fabricated at the Rutgers 12-inch cyclotron failed in operation: as simulation had predicted, phase slippage at the standard 8 kV DEE voltage was severe enough that ions never reached the deflector.
Source quote & editorial note
As predicted via simulation, phase slippage at standard DEE voltage (8 kV) was so severe that ions were not delivered to the deflector.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.2 = printed p.292. A cautionary data point for anyone tempted by straight radial-sector AVF tips: on this machine the phase slippage was fatal at 8 kV on the dee — and, holding the same field-frequency mismatch and final radius, a machine with LESS energy gain per turn takes more turns and accumulates more slip, so a low-voltage build should expect this failure mode to bite harder, not softer. Check isochronism in the tracker before cutting sectored steel (the spiral redesign that followed is dg-1745's story).
-
For spiral-edged AVF sectors the vertical tune obeys nu_z^2 = -k + F(1 + tan^2 xi), where F is the flutter (mean field variation at fixed radius), k the average negative field index, and xi the edge angle; the form is convenient for Archimedean spirals r = a*theta^(1/n), for which the Rutgers paper states tan xi = d(theta)/dr.
nu_z^2 = -k + F(1 + tan^2 xi); Archimedean spiral r = a*theta^(1/n); edge angle (from radial): tan xi = r*d(theta)/dr = n*theta [source prints tan xi = d(theta)/dr, which is not dimensionless — corrected 2026-09-05, site wave-18 audit; verify conventions against Livingood, the paper's ref 10, before numerical use]Source quote & editorial note
This form is convenient for sectors defined by an Archimedean spiral, r = aθ^(1/n), for which tan ξ = dθ/dr.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.3 = printed p.293 (the exponent 1/n is printed as a superscript; the quote transcribes it inline). The design equation for trading spiral tightness against vertical tune before cutting steel — with one correction applied: as printed, tan ξ = dθ/dr is not dimensionless; the standard edge-angle relation is tan ξ = r·dθ/dr, which for the stated Archimedean spiral evaluates to nθ. The flutter and approximation conventions are the paper's; verify against Livingood (its own ref [10]) before using the tune expression numerically.
-
The Rutgers AVF study states the ideal average field profile for such a machine decreases with radius before flattening at larger radii — the falling inner part supplies weak focusing in the central region where flutter is negligible, the flat outer part supplies isochronism — and that high flutter is separately desirable to raise the vertical tune.
Source quote & editorial note
The ideal average field profile decreases with radial distance from the center before flattening out at larger radii … This is necessary to provide weak focusing at the central region, where flutter is negligible. High flutter values were also desirable, to increase the vertical tune.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.3 = printed p.293. The most useful shaping rule in this paper for a small AVF attempt: flutter is essentially zero on axis, so the central region must still weak-focus — the falling inner profile is not optional — and the flat outer region approximates isochronism only in the low-energy nonrelativistic sense (exact fixed-frequency isochronism wants the orbit-averaged field rising as γ; immaterial at this machine's energies, material by 20 MeV). Fig. 4 shows the resulting bump-plus-flat profile for the chosen 270-degree spiral, whose caption marks the isochronous region.
-
SIMION modelling of the Rutgers four-sector spiral AVF field revealed four off-center stable fixed points surrounding the central equilibrium orbit at 250 keV proton energy (nominal r = 2.75 inches); the islands are a nonlinear consequence of the four-fold symmetry, disappear quickly at higher energy, and appeared to have little effect on stability during acceleration.
Source quote & editorial note
Multiple off-center stable orbits were found at particle energy 250 keV (nominal r=2.75”). … In Fig. 7, four stable fixed points can be seen surrounding the central fixed point. … The off-center islands quickly disappear at higher energies, and seem to have little effect on particle motion/stability during acceleration.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.4 = printed p.294. Warns an AVF builder that a low-sector-count spiral geometry can grow parasitic off-center equilibrium orbits at intermediate energy (four of them here at 250 keV, matching the four-fold symmetry). The source's own hedged report: the islands "quickly disappear at higher energies, and seem to have little effect" during acceleration. Practical consequence: a beam that looks mis-steered at mid-radius may be sitting on an island — check with turn-by-turn tracking rather than assuming detrapping is clean.
-
SIMION studies of the Rutgers spiral AVF configuration identified 6 kV peak dee voltage at 15.534 MHz as the optimal working point for proton transport; the pole tips were subsequently operated with the PIG source and did transport ions to the chamber periphery.
Source quote & editorial note
Additional SIMION studies identified 6 kV peak voltage and 15.534 MHz frequency as the optimal working point for proton transport.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.4 = printed p.294. Shows a tabletop-scale RF operating point being chosen from tracking rather than by trial: a dee-voltage/frequency pair reported to the nearest kilohertz (15.534 MHz) with its 6 kV partner. The transferable practice: the tracker picks the working point before the machine is fired, and the optimum is jointly a voltage AND a frequency. The pair itself belongs to this field map — re-derive yours from your own model.
-
On the Rutgers 12-inch cyclotron a phosphor plate that intercepts only part of the beam produced two temporally separated intensity peaks per RF cycle rather than one Gaussian, because ions with sufficient radial extent stop on the nth turn while the rest continue to nth+1; this accident gave a direct measure of turn-to-turn phase shift at a fixed radius. The fix, if not wanted, is a larger plate that stops the whole beam in one revolution.
Source quote & editorial note
This serendipitously provided a direct measure of the turn-to-turn (nth to nth+1) phase shift at a given radius.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.2 = printed p.300. Tabletop machines have small turn-to-turn spacing, so a partially intercepting probe is common — a double-peaked signal should raise the adjacent-turns hypothesis early, tested cheaply by changing probe insertion depth or plate size and watching whether separation and relative amplitude respond as turns would (species content, radial oscillations and bunch structure can also double a peak). Rutgers deconvoluted the two peaks with a dual-Gaussian fit and took the more intense (n+1) peak as the turn of interest.
-
Measured on the Rutgers 12-inch cyclotron in a weak-focusing field with the plate at 91 mm radius (roughly 100 keV proton termination energy), proton bunch length fell as the magnetic field rose: 38 +/- 4.5 degrees at 0.498 T, 26 +/- 4.5 degrees at 0.534 T (nominal), and 20 +/- 4.5 degrees at 0.566 T.
Source quote & editorial note
we observe a tendency for bunch length to decrease with a rising magnetic field.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.3 = printed p.301 (Table 1; the 91 mm probe radius and ~100 keV termination energy are on PDF p.2). Rare published bunch-length numbers for a tabletop machine at almost exactly the 100 keV end of the target class: a beam tens of RF degrees long, with the measured means falling as field rises — the source states this as a tendency. The tabulated ±0.03 T is comparable to the spacing between the three field values; if that uncertainty were independent per row the settings would barely be distinguishable, so either it is largely common-mode (calibration) or ±0.003 T was intended — an unverified hypothesis, reported here as such with the printed value preserved.
-
On the Rutgers 12-inch cyclotron, operating below the nominal magnetic field increased the turn-to-turn phase slippage; relative phase shift varied linearly with magnetic field over roughly 0.498-0.566 T, as simulation predicted, with zero phase shift defined at the nominal 0.534 T.
Source quote & editorial note
We find that operating below the nominal magnetic field increased the turn-to-turn phase slippage.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.2 = printed p.300 (the linear fit is Fig. 5, PDF p.3 / printed p.301). Practical tuning guidance: on this machine, field trim and RF phase budget were one knob, with an approximately linear response over the measured 0.498–0.566 T and a definite sign — below nominal costs phase. On another machine, run the same local field scan (or a trajectory model) to get the slope and sign; the linearity is an observation over this range, not a law.
-
A weak-focusing cyclotron only meets the cyclotron condition at one point in the ion's flight from source to target; the accumulated error is tolerable as long as the overall integrated phase slippage stays under 90 degrees, and raising the accelerating dee voltage reduces the number of turns and hence the accumulated slippage. Alternatively, starting the ions in a field that is too high lets the slippage run one way, meet the condition midway, then reverse to net zero.
Source quote & editorial note
This error is acceptable, as long as the overall integrated phase slippage is less than 90°.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.1 = printed p.299. The governing constraint for any non-isochronous tabletop machine, under the source's convention: keep the integrated phase slippage inside the source's 90-degree budget, remembering the whole phase TRAJECTORY matters — a net-zero final slip does not save a beam that left the accelerating window mid-flight. Low dee voltage hurts twice (more turns against the same budget), and the deliberate start-above-nominal-field trick is best read as centering the phase excursion, not as a free correction.
-
The Rutgers 12-inch cyclotron's upper and lower magnet coils are independently energized so the median plane can be deliberately shifted for axial steering; while holding the average ampere-turns constant, coil currents of 17/12, 14.5/14.5 and 12/17 amps (top/bottom) all still brought beam to the chamber periphery.
Source quote & editorial note
The magnet’s upper and lower coils are independently energized for intentional field imbalance so as to shift the median plane. … Figure 6 shows three standard radial-draw beam images: the left frame top/bottom coil at 17/12 amps, the middle frame at 14.5/14.5 amps, and the right frame at 12/17 amps.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.3 = printed p.371 (design intent on PDF p.1 / printed p.369). A genuinely cheap axial-steering mechanism for a small machine: energize the two coils independently and trim the median plane. On this machine a 5 A top-to-bottom imbalance about the 14.5/14.5 A balance point still brought beam to the periphery — a demonstration that the knob has useful range, with transmission, centering and beam quality at each setting still to be measured on any machine that copies it.
-
The Rutgers 12-inch cyclotron's chamber can be moved horizontally with respect to the magnet's center, which is how deliberate initial radial-position errors (and hence radial betatron motion) are introduced.
Source quote & editorial note
The cyclotron chamber’s position can be moved horizontally with respect to the magnet’s center. … Initial ion radial-position errors can be introduced by a horizontal offset of the chamber, and hence ion source, with respect to the magnet center.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.1 = printed p.369 (purpose stated on PDF p.2-3 / printed p.370-371). An unusual design freedom: the chamber (and hence source) translates horizontally with respect to the magnet center, and the same adjustment that centers the source doubles as the deliberate-error knob for radial betatron studies. Copy it as a constrained, lockable, measurable translation — an unlocated chamber is not the feature; a controlled offset is — and remember one move shifts source, dees and probes together.
-
In the Rutgers 12-inch cyclotron's weak-focusing field the axial tune is nu_z = sqrt(n) and the radial tune nu_x = sqrt(1-n), with total transverse stability for 0 < n < 1; coupling resonances further exclude n = 0.2, 0.36 and 0.5 (and higher values).
n = -(r/B)(dB/dr); nu_z = sqrt(n); nu_x = sqrt(1-n)Source quote & editorial note
Values of n=0.2, 0.36, 0.5 (and others yet higher) need to be avoided.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.2 = printed p.370. The explicit forbidden-n list a weak-focusing pole-tip designer rarely sees written down: inside 0 < n < 1, the taper must also avoid 0.2 (Qx = 2Qz), 0.36 and 0.5. A well-chosen profile keeps n below 0.2 for nearly the whole acceleration (the source's own following prescription); the design questions are where n(r) crosses what, and how fast — compute or map n(r) rather than assuming which resonances are in play.
-
Because ions start their spiral at r = 0 where n is necessarily 0 and n only climbs with radius, a weak-focusing cyclotron's field fall-off must be moderated so that n = 0.2 is reached only near the final ion radius.
Source quote & editorial note
Since the ions begin their spiral journey at r=0 necessarily n also starts at 0, and will only climb as the radius increases; if n=0.2 is to be avoided (Qx=2Qz), then the rate at which Bz decreases must be moderated such that n=0.2 only near the final ion radius.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.2 = printed p.370. The actionable pole-taper prescription for a small weak-focusing machine, on the source's own premise that n starts at 0 and climbs with radius: moderate the fall-off so n = 0.2 arrives only near the final radius. A taper aggressive enough to buy strong axial focusing early reaches the coupling resonance early, and time spent near it with any driving asymmetry risks resonant amplitude growth — Rutgers built a deliberately bad pole set to demonstrate exactly that (dg-1841).
-
On the Rutgers 12-inch cyclotron, small axial (vertical) betatron motion is deliberately initiated by a vertical electric field that kicks the ions upward immediately as they leave the ion source chimney.
Source quote & editorial note
Small axial motion is initiated by a vertical electric field that imparts an upward kick to the ions immediately upon their exit of the chimney.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.2 = printed p.370. A controlled way to excite vertical motion for diagnosis rather than waiting for it to appear as a fault: an intentional electric kick at the chimney exit launches the oscillation, which a turn-resolving diagnostic (here, the radial-draw phosphor image) then converts into a tune number. The caution reads in reverse too: a stray vertical field near the source will do the same thing uninvited.
-
The axial betatron period Tz relates to the ion revolution period T0 by Tz = T0/sqrt(n), so it takes 1/sqrt(n) revolutions to complete one vertical betatron oscillation and the betatron phase advances by sqrt(n) of a period per revolution.
T_z = T_0 / sqrt(n)Source quote & editorial note
Thus for a given n it takes 1/√n ion revolutions to complete one vertical betatron oscillation
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.2 = printed p.370. What converts a photograph into a number: count N revolutions between same-phase vertical maxima and νz ≈ 1/N — and, under the smooth azimuthally-symmetric weak-focusing approximation, n ≈ 1/N². It is an average over the interval, not a point measurement. On this machine's gently tapered poles νz ≈ 0.09 mid-radius (Fig. 3a), i.e. about 11 turns per oscillation, comfortably resolvable on its radial-draw images; treat that as Rutgers calibration context, not a class-typical value.
-
From the Rutgers simulated radial-draw plot, the vertical tune in the "good" weak-focusing field is about nu_z = 0.09 at r = 65 mm, and the beam comes to a focus near the DEE edge where n = 0.2; the increase of axial oscillation frequency with radius directly displays the growing field index, and both simulation and photograph show adiabatic damping.
Source quote & editorial note
Figure 3a is a SIMION simulation of ions crossing a radial reference plane in our “good” poletips’ WF field, showing the beam coming to a focus near the DEE edge, where n=0.2. … The increased frequency of the axial oscillation with radius is a display of the growing field index, n. Both a) and b) exquisitely demonstrate adiabatic damping … The reader can estimate from Fig. 3a that Qz≈0.09 at r=65 mm.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.2 = printed p.370 (Fig. 3a axes: axial height ±6 mm versus radius 0-110 mm). A concrete worked example, not a class expectation: this machine's good weak-focusing set runs νz ≈ 0.09 mid-radius with millimetre-scale axial excursion, the oscillation frequency rising with radius as n grows, and both simulation and photograph showing adiabatic damping. Damping means the beam tightens vertically as it gains energy — which ARGUES the vertical acceptance question is decided early, near the source; verify it by tracking or measuring the envelope over the full radius, since apertures, field errors and resonances can still bite downstream.
-
In the Rutgers 12-inch cyclotron, nu_x starts at 1 at r=0 so any radial source offset simply displaces the equilibrium orbit; as nu_x drops with radius the azimuth of maximum radial displacement precesses, producing tight inter-turn bunching on one side of the machine and large turn-to-turn spacing on the other — historically exploited to raise extraction efficiency by putting the septum between turns.
Source quote & editorial note
Since Qx(r=0) begins at 1, any radial offset simply displaces the equilibrium orbit by the same. As the ions gain energy and spiral towards larger radii, Qx(r) begins to drop, causing the location of maximum radial displacement to azimuthally process. This continues until a tight inter-turn bunching occurs on one side of the machine while large turn to turn spacing develops on the other, as shown in Fig. 4. Historically this has been exploited to increase extraction efficiency by placing the septum between turns.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.2-3 = printed p.370-371 (the turn separation is photographed in Fig. 4). Directly useful to a small-machine builder attempting extraction: a deliberate radial offset makes the azimuth of maximum displacement precess as Qx falls, concentrating turns on one side and opening turn-to-turn gaps on the other — historically where the septum goes. Choose the azimuth by orbit tracking and low-current measurement; and note that on this machine the offset comes from translating the whole chamber, which moves dees and probes with it — offsetting the source alone is the finer instrument.
-
The Rutgers group built what they believe may be the first pole tips designed to intentionally drive a destructive axial resonance (the "bad" weak-focusing tips): n = 0.2 is reached at r = 3.5 inches, well inside the 5 inch DEE radius, so the displacement has room to grow. Because n = 0.2 is a difference resonance the peak axial amplitude is bounded by the initial radial offset, and a 3 mm chamber-to-magnet center displacement was needed to reach the simulated and observed amplitudes.
Source quote & editorial note
The n=0.2 point occurs at r=3.5 inches, well within the 5 inch DEE radius, so as to allow the ion displacement to grow.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: PDF p.3 = printed p.371. The inverse of a design rule and the most instructive demonstration here: a taper whose n = 0.2 point lands at 3.5 inches instead of near the 5-inch dee edge converted a working configuration into one that grows axial displacement — and in the reported simulation and experiment the growth fed on a 3 mm chamber-to-magnet offset (the difference resonance bounds axial amplitude by the initial radial offset). What transfers is the mechanism and the method — locate n = 0.2 on the measured map, track orbits through it — not a fabrication tolerance or a universal seed threshold.
-
On the nine-inch cyclotron the two pole faces were parallel to within 0.001 inches and no field shimming was attempted; the author explicitly notes the poles and yoke deflect slightly under electromagnetic force at high field.
Source quote & editorial note
Uniformity of the magnetic field is extremely precise. The surfaces of the two poles are parallel with 0.001 inches. As will be seen later, the poles and yoke are slightly deflected due to the extreme pull of the electromagnetic force at high fields. No shimming of the magnetic field to increase the beam current has been attempted yet, however there are future plans to do so.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: What the reference machine did: pole faces parallel within 0.001 inch, no shimming attempted (a stated future plan), and beam achieved — an existence proof that this machine's field, as machined, sufficed for its ~184 keV operation. It is one machine's outcome, not a tolerance spec: map the assembled field under excitation (including the deflection under magnetic load the author himself flags, dg-1862) and let beam-dynamics requirements decide whether machining or shims are owed.
-
Even at the maximum ion current the nine-inch cyclotron produced, 50 nanoamps, no beam loading of the RF system was observed.
Source quote & editorial note
It is worth noting that even under maximum ion current conditions of 50 nanoamps no beam loading was noticed.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: A useful separation-of-concerns datum: at 50 nA this machine saw no detectable beam loading, so RF tuning and beam tuning decoupled cleanly — expect the same at nanoamp-class currents, as a practical matter rather than a law (loading scales with current and energy gain, and a sensitive enough RF measurement might resolve it). The corollary stands: at these currents beam loading is useless as a diagnostic; a collector is the instrument.
-
The nine-inch cyclotron's source relies on the cyclotron's own field to focus the ionizing electrons - electrons emitted from the filament near the top of the chamber travel downward along the strong parallel magnetic field in a tight helix rather than a straight line, forming a thin ionizing sheet through the median plane, while the electric fields of the source and the accelerating RF sweep the freed electrons away and leave the protons behind.
Source quote & editorial note
Further more, because of the very strong magnetic field parallel to the desired electron path, strong focusing occurs. Any electron that attempts to stray off of a vertical ascent or decent is immediately steered back towards the central axis of motion. Due to this corrective focusing, the electrons tend to oscillate back and forth in both X and Y while traveling downward in Z. Instead of following a linear path, the traversal then becomes a helical path with a very tight radius. … The electric fields of the ion source and accelerating RF sweep away the freed hydrogen electrons, leaving the massive protons behind.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: Why a crude filament-across-the-gap source works at all inside a cyclotron: the ~0.9 T field pins the ionizing electrons to tight helices about their field lines (the source describes this as steering back toward the central axis — strictly, gyration confines each electron about its own line rather than restoring it to a common axis), forming a thin ionizing sheet through the median plane right where ions must be born, with — the source's own statement — the ion-source and RF electric fields sweeping the freed electrons away. Corollary, scoped: emission, heating and vacuum behaviour bench-test fine outside the magnet; the magnetized TRANSPORT that makes the geometry work does not, so beam-relevant performance is a property of source plus field together.
-
Filament emission in the nine-inch cyclotron ion source is exponential in filament current - at -300 VDC bias a test W-Th-Ir filament produced essentially zero emission below about 4.5 amps and about 3 mA at 5.0 amps (Fig.9) - so small filament current changes give large changes in thermionic electron supply and hence in proton beam current; the author states filament heating limitation was the factor limiting maximum achievable beam current at the periphery.
Source quote & editorial note
Fig.9 shows the exponential emission of electrons in a test of the W-Th-Ir material. Hence slight changes in the filament current can produce great changes in thermionic emission. Ultimately changing the number of thermionic electrons available to ionize the hydrogen. In this way the cyclotron proton beam current can be controlled. As of yet the limiting factor in the maximum achievable beam current at the periphery is due to filament heating limitations.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The practical control law: filament current is the beam-current knob, and the response is STEEP — Fig. 9's test filament went from essentially nothing below 4.5 A to ~3 mA emission at 5.0 A (read from the rendered figure, bias −300 VDC; the operating optimum on p.5 is −320 V). The physics under it is Richardson-Dushman: emission exponential in inverse temperature, temperature a nonlinear function of current — hence fine adjustment and a stable, monitored supply (current regulation is the natural choice; what matters is stable emission, however achieved). The author names filament heating as the beam-current limiter of record.
-
The nine-inch cyclotron's Faraday collector is mounted on a vacuum-tight linear motion feed-through with two inches of radial travel, which is what defines the maximum ion radius - full insertion gives a minimum measurable ion radius of 2.50 inches and minimum insertion gives a maximum ion radius of 4.50 inches; beam current falls off with radius from about 16 nanoamps near 2.6 inches to about 2 nanoamps at 4.5 inches (Fig.10).
Source quote & editorial note
It is mounted such that the collector can be inserted radialy with a two inch travel, effectively determining the maximum ion radius. The minimum measurable ion radius, maximum insertion of the collector is 2.50 inches while the maximum ion radius, minimum collector insertion is 4.50 inches. A plot of beam current against radius, Fig.10, shows that the beam current linearly drops off as the radius grows.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The cheapest radial beam-profile monitor a small cyclotron can have: the movable collector doubles as the radius-defining aperture, so one linear feedthrough yields current-versus-radius — an INVASIVE measurement, with energy then inferred from radius and the calibrated field rather than selected. On this run, collected current fell about eightfold from ~16 nA near 2.6 in to ~2 nA at 4.5 in (read from the rendered Fig. 10) — this machine's outer-turn attrition under its own source and pressure conditions, a shape to expect, not a universal loss factor. ("radialy" as printed.)
-
Nine-inch cyclotron beam run of record 91699C, achieved values - resonant frequency 13.590 MHz, forward RF power 16 Watts, theoretical B-field 0.889 Tesla, H2 pressure in tank 5.1E-5 Torr, filament current 5.75 Amps at 5.0 Volts, filament bias -320 Volts, filament emission 21.0 microamps, maximum ion radius 7.0 cm, maximum ion energy 184 keV.
Source quote & editorial note
In run 91699C the resonant frequency was tuned to 13.590 MHz. Other parameters for run 91699C are listed below: fr 13.590 MHz / Forward RF Power 16 Watts / Theoretical B-field 0.889 Tesla / H2 Pressure in tank 5.1E-5 Torr / Filament Current 5.75 Amps / Filament Voltage 5.0 Volts / Filament Bias -320 Volts / Filament Emission 21.0 microAmps / Max. Ion Radius 7.0 cm / Max. Ion Energy 184 keV
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The single most valuable calibration point in the wave for a 100 keV-1 MeV tabletop design - a complete achieved operating point, not a design target. The energy is internally consistent: with B = 0.885 T (the measured peak) and r = 0.070 m, E = (qBr)^2/(2m) computes to 184 keV, matching the printed value. Note the whole machine ran on 16 W of RF and 21 microamps of filament emission. The forward slashes in the quote separate table rows; the microamp symbol is printed as a Greek mu.
-
On the nine-inch cyclotron the measured proton resonance peak appeared at 0.885 Tesla against a theoretical value the author quotes as agreeing to 0.6 percent, confirming the machine worked as designed; a second, unexpected peak at 0.449 Tesla was traced not to a contaminant ion species but to excitation of higher-frequency harmonic modes of the tank circuit, since an odd multiple of the ion's fundamental cyclotron frequency still delivers acceleration on every gap crossing while an even multiple gives zero net acceleration.
Source quote & editorial note
The measured ion peak at 0.885 Tesla tightly corresponded with the theoretical value to 0.6%. ... However an unexpected peak at 0.449 Tesla developed. ... After an investigation into the matter, it was determined that indeed singly charged protons were being accelerated. ... the RF frequencies required for acceleration of the ions at the low magnetic fields, developed from excitation of higher frequency modes of oscillation in the tank circuit. ... If the applied frequency were double that of the fundamental, on it's second crossing of the gap the ion would receive a de-acceleration, thus gaining zero net acceleration. However, if the RF frequency were triple that of the fundamental it is seen that the electric field direction is again in sync with ion's travel. This effect holds true for any odd multiple of the fundamental cyclotron frequency.
Editorial note, tabletop extrapolation: The most instructive diagnostic story in the document, with one open number. A builder ramping the magnet while watching a collector WILL see spurious low-field peaks and will suspect contaminant species; this source traced its extra peak to the RF tank ringing on harmonic modes, protons confirmed. Unresolved, computed here: 0.449 T is almost exactly half of 0.885 T — at fixed drive frequency that is an even multiple of the ion's fundamental, which the source's own two-crossing argument says gives zero net acceleration; a third-harmonic peak would sit near 0.295 T. So the qualitative lesson (check the RF spectrum and recompute candidate resonances via B = 2πmf/(qh) before blaming ion species) stands, while this particular peak's mechanism needs a nonideal ingredient the source does not supply. The author's reported consequences — harmonic operation sharpens the field peak; suppressing tank harmonics improves efficiency — were stated intent, not achieved results. Ellipses mark omitted intervening text.